Page
2
The Risk function
The Risk function provides oversight and
challenge on the Group's risk management, ensuring that business is
conducted in line with regulatory expectations. The GCRO directly
manages the Risk function, which is independent from the
origination, trading, and sales functions of the businesses. The
Risk function is responsible for:
• proposing the RA for
approval by the Board
• maintaining the ERMF,
ensuring that it remains relevant and appropriate to the Group's
business activities, and is effectively communicated and
implemented across the Group
• ensuring that risks
are properly assessed, risk and return decisions are transparent
and risks are controlled in accordance with the Group's standards
and RA
• overseeing and
challenging the management of PRTs under the ERMF
• independence of the
Risk function by ensuring that the necessary balance in making risk
and return decisions is not compromised by short-term pressures to
generate revenues.
The Risk function supports the Group's strategy
by building a sustainable ERMF that places regulatory and
compliance standards, together with culture of appropriate conduct,
at the forefront of the Group's agenda.
Our Compliance, Financial Crime and Conduct Risk
(CFCR) function,3 works alongside the Risk function
within the ERMF to deliver a unified second line of defence.
Compliance Risk and Financial Crime Risk, as PRTs, fall under the
scope of the CFCR's responsibilities.
Three lines of defence model
The Group applies a three lines of defence model
to its day-to-day activities for effective risk management, and to
reinforce a strong governance and control environment.
Typically:
• Businesses and
functions engaged in or supporting revenue generating activities
that own and manage risks constitute the first line of
defence.
• Control functions,
independent of the first line of defence, that provide oversight
and challenge of risk management activities act as the second line
of defence.
• Internal Audit acts
as the third line of defence, providing independent assurance on
the effectiveness of controls supporting the activities of the
first and second lines of defence.
Each PRT has an RTF which outlines the areas of
governance and risk management and is the formal mechanism through
which authorities are delegated. Risk management plans, processes,
activities, and resource allocations are consistent with the three
lines of defence model prescribed by the ERMF.
Risk identification and assessment
Identification and assessment of potentially
adverse risk events is an essential first step in managing the
risks of any business or activity. To ensure consistency we use
PRTs to classify our risk exposures. However, we also recognise the
need to maintain a holistic perspective since:
• a single transaction
or activity may give rise to multiple types of risk
exposure
• risk concentrations
may arise from multiple exposures that are closely
correlated
• a given risk exposure
may change its form from one risk type to another.
There are also sources of risk that arise beyond
our own operations, such as the Group's dependency on suppliers for
the provision of services and technology.
As the Group remains accountable for risks
arising from the actions of such third parties, failure to
adequately monitor and manage these relationships could materially
impact the Group's ability to operate.
3 From 1 January 2025, our
Conduct, Financial Crime and Compliance (CFCC) function was renamed
as Compliance, Financial Crime and Conduct Risk (CFCR).
Page
3
The Group maintains a taxonomy of risks inherent
to the strategy and business model, as well as a risk inventory
which captures identified risks, including the Topical and Emerging
Risks (TERs) to which the Group is or might be exposed to. Multiple
identification and assessment techniques are used to ensure breadth
and depth of understanding of the internal and external risk
environment, as well as potential opportunities. A risk assessment
of the corporate plan is undertaken annually, supplemented by risk
assessments of new initiatives. Risk identification findings inform
the related risk oversight process, and most importantly RA and
controls setting, scenario selection and design, and model
refinement and development.
The GCRO and the Group Risk Committee (GRC)
regularly review reports on the risk profile for the PRTs,
adherence to Group RA, stress test results and the Group risk
inventory including TERs.
Risk Appetite and profile
The Group recognises the following constraints
which determine the risks that we are willing to take in pursuit of
our strategy and the development of a sustainable
business:
• Risk capacity is the
maximum level of risk the Group can assume, given its current
capabilities and resources, before breaching constraints determined
by capital and liquidity requirements or the internal operational
environment, or otherwise failing to meet the expectations of
regulator and law enforcement agencies.
• RA is defined by the
Group and approved by the Board. It is the boundary for the risk
that the Group is willing to undertake to achieve its strategic
objectives and corporate plan. We set RA to enable us to grow
sustainably while managing our risks, giving confidence to our
stakeholders. The Group RA is supplemented by risk control tools
such as granular level limits, policies, and standards to maintain
the Group's risk profile within approved RA.
The Board is responsible for approving the RA
Statements, which are underpinned by a set of financial and
operational control parameters known as RA metrics and their
associated thresholds. These set boundaries for the aggregate risk
exposures that can be taken across the Group.
The Group RA is reviewed bi-annually to ensure
that it is fit for purpose and aligned with strategy, with focus
given to new or emerging risks.
Risk Appetite Statement
The Group's objective is to not compromise
adherence with its RA in order to pursue revenue growth or higher
returns.
See the table for the set of RA
Statements.
Stress testing
The objective of stress testing is to support
the Group in assessing that it:
• does not have
exposure to excessive risk concentrations that could produce
unacceptably high losses under severe but plausible
scenarios
• has sufficient
financial resources to withstand severe but plausible
scenarios
• has the financial
flexibility to respond to extreme but plausible
scenarios
• understands key
business model risks and considers what kind of event might
crystallise those risks - even if extreme and with a low likelihood
of occurring
• identifies, as
required, actions to mitigate the likelihood or impact of those
events
• has set RA metrics at
appropriate levels.
Enterprise stress tests incorporate capital and
liquidity adequacy stress tests, including recovery and resolution,
as well as reverse stress tests.
Stress tests are performed at the Group,
country, business, and portfolio level under a wide range of risks
and at varying degrees of severity. Unless specifically set by the
regulator, scenario design is a bespoke process that aims to
explore risks that can adversely impact the Group.
The Board delegates approval of the Bank of
England (BoE) stress test submissions to the Board Risk Committee
(BRC), which reviews the recommendations from the GRC. Based on the
stress test results, the Group Chief Financial Officer (GCFO) and
GCRO can recommend strategic actions to the Board to ensure that
the Group's strategy remains within RA.
Page
4
In addition, analysis is run at the PRT level to
assess specific risks and concentrations that the Group may be
exposed to. These include qualitative assessments such as stressing
of credit sectors or portfolios, and quantitative assessments such
as potential losses from severe but plausible market risk scenarios
or internal stressed liquidity metrics.
Stress testing plays a critical role in
assessing the potential impact on portfolio values of extreme but
plausible scenarios, leading to potential losses typically much
larger than those predicted by the Value at Risk (VaR) model. The
Group uses historical and forward-looking scenarios. A common set
of scenarios is used across all legal entities complemented in some
cases with entity-specific scenarios. RA for market risk stress
losses is set at the Group as well as legal entity
level.
Non-financial risk types are also stressed to
assess the necessary capital requirements under the Operational and
Technology RTF.
The Group has also undertaken a number of
Climate Risk stress tests, both those mandated by regulators as
well as management scenarios.
Principal Risk Types
PRTs are those risks that are inherent in our
strategy and business model and have been formally defined in the
Group's ERMF. These risks are managed through distinct RTFs which
are approved by the GCRO.
The PRTs and associated RA Statements are
reviewed annually. The table below shows the Group's current PRTs,
their definition and RA Statement.
Principal Risk Types
|
Definition
|
Risk Appetite Statement
|
Credit Risk
|
Potential for loss due to failure of
a counterparty to meet its agreed obligations to pay the
Group.
|
The Group manages its credit
exposures following the principle of diversification across
products, geographies, client segments and industry
sectors.
|
Traded Risk
|
Potential for loss resulting from
activities undertaken by the Group in financial markets.
|
The Group should control its
financial markets activities to ensure that market and counterparty
credit risk losses do not cause material damage to the Group's
franchise.
|
Treasury Risk
|
Potential for insufficient capital,
liquidity, or funding to support our operations, the risk of
reductions in earnings or value from movements in interest rates
impacting banking book items and the potential for losses from a
shortfall in the Group's pension plans.
|
The Group should maintain sufficient
capital, liquidity and funding to support its operations, and an
interest rate profile ensuring that the reductions in earnings or
value from movements in interest rates impacting banking book items
does not cause material damage to the Group's franchise. In
addition, the Group should ensure its pension plans are adequately
funded.
|
Operational and Technology
Risk
|
Potential for loss resulting from
inadequate or failed internal processes, technology events, human
error, or from the impact of external events (including legal
risks).
|
The Group aims to control
operational and technology risks to ensure that operational losses
(financial or reputational), including any related to the conduct
of business matters, do not cause material damage to the Group's
franchise.
|
Information and Cyber Security (ICS)
Risk
|
Risk to the Group's assets,
operations, and individuals due to the potential for unauthorised
access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction
of information assets and/or information systems.
|
The Group aims to mitigate and
control ICS risks to ensure that incidents do not cause the Bank
material harm, business disruption, financial loss or reputational
damage - recognising that while incidents are unwanted, they cannot
be entirely avoided.
|
Financial Crime
Risk4
|
Potential for legal or regulatory
penalties, material financial loss or reputational damage resulting
from the failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations
relating to international sanctions, anti-money laundering and
anti-bribery and corruption, and fraud.
|
The Group has no appetite for
breaches of laws and regulations related to Financial Crime,
recognising that while incidents are unwanted, they cannot be
entirely avoided.
|
Compliance Risk
|
Potential for penalties or loss to
the Group or for an adverse impact to our clients, stakeholders or
to the integrity of the markets we operate in through a failure on
our part to comply with laws, or regulations.
|
The Group has no appetite for
breaches of laws and regulations related to regulatory
non-compliance; recognising that while incidents are unwanted, they
cannot be entirely avoided.
|
Environmental, Social and
Governance
and Reputational (ESGR) Risk
|
Potential or actual adverse impact
on the environment and/or society, the Group's financial
performance, operations, or the Group's name, brand or standing,
arising from environmental, social or governance factors, or as a
result of the Group's actual or perceived actions or
inactions.
|
The Group aims to measure and manage
financial and non-financial risks arising from climate change,
reduce emissions in line with our net zero strategy and protect the
Group from material reputational damage by upholding responsible
conduct and striving to do no significant environmental and social
harm.
|
Model Risk
|
Potential loss that may occur
because of decisions or the risk of misestimation that could be
principally based on the output of models, due to errors in the
development, implementation, or use of such models.
|
The Group has no appetite for
material adverse implications arising from misuse of models or
errors in the development or implementation of models; while
accepting some model uncertainty.
|
4 Fraud forms part of
the Financial Crime RA Statement but, in line with market practice,
does not apply a zero-tolerance approach.
Page
5
As of November 2024, the Climate Risk RA
Statement was integrated into the ESGR PRT.
ERMF effectiveness reviews
The GCRO is responsible for annually affirming
the effectiveness of the ERMF to the BRC via an effectiveness
review. This review is based on the principle of evidence-based
self-assessments for all the RTFs and relevant policies. A top-down
review and challenge of the results is conducted by the GCRO with
all RFOs and an opinion on the internal control environment is
provided by Internal Audit.
The ERMF effectiveness review measures
year-on-year progress. The key outcomes of the 2024 review
are:
• Continued focus on
embedding the ERMF across the organisation.
• Financial risks
continue to be effectively managed, and the Group is making good
progress in embedding non-financial risk management.
• Self-assessments
performed in branches and banking subsidiaries reflect the
embeddedness of the ERMF. Country and cluster risk committees
continue to play an active role in overseeing and managing risks
across our footprint markets.
Ongoing effectiveness reviews allow for a
structured approach to identify improvement opportunities and build
plans to address them.
In 2025, the Group aims to further strengthen
its risk management practices by improving the management of
non-financial risks within its businesses, functions and across our
footprint. As the regulatory environment continuously changes, the
Group constantly monitors regulatory developments and take
proactive actions for compliance.
Executive and Board risk oversight
Overview
The corporate governance and committee structure
helps the Group to conduct our business. The Board has ultimate
responsibility for risk management and approves the ERMF based on
the recommendation of the BRC, which also recommends the Group RA
Statement for all PRTs and other risks. In addition to the BRC and
Audit Committee, the Culture and Sustainability Committee oversees
the Group's culture and key sustainability priorities.
Group Risk Committee
The GRC, which derives its authority from the
GCRO, is responsible for ensuring the effective management of risk
throughout the Group in support of the Group's strategy. The GCRO
chairs the GRC, whose members are drawn from the Group Management
Team. The GRC oversees the effective implementation of the ERMF for
the Group, including the delegation of any part of its authorities
to appropriate individuals or sub-committees.
Group Risk Committee sub-committees
|
Chair
|
Roles and responsibilities
|
Group Non-Financial Risk Committee
(GNFRC)
|
Global Head, Operational, Technology and Cyber
Risk
|
Governs the in-scope non-financial risks
throughout the Group in support of the ERMF and the Group's
strategy.
|
Group Financial Crime Risk Committee
(GFCRC)
|
Group Head, CFCR
|
Ensures that the Financial Crime Risk profile
(excluding Fraud Risk and Secondary Reputational Risk arising from
Financial Crime Risk) is managed within RA and policies.
|
Group Responsibility and Reputational Risk
Committee (GRRRC)
|
GCRO
|
Ensures the effective management of
Reputational and Sustainability Risk across the Group. This
includes providing oversight of matters arising from clients,
products, transactions and strategic coverage-related decisions and
matters escalated by the respective RFOs.
|
International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRS) 9 Impairment Committee (IIC)
|
Co-chaired by the Global Head Enterprise Risk
Management (ERM) and Group Head, Central Finance
|
Ensures the effective management of expected
credit loss (ECL) computations, as well as stage allocation of
financial assets for quarterly financial reporting.
|
Model Risk Committee (MRC)
|
Global Head, ERM
|
To support the Group strategy by ensuring the
effective measurement and management of Model Risk in line with
internal policies and model RA.
|
Investment Committee
|
Global Head of Stressed Assets Risk
|
Ensures the optimised wind-down of the Group's
non-core direct investment activities in equities, quasi-equities
(excluding mezzanine), funds and other alternative investments
(excluding debt/debt-like instruments).
|
SC Ventures (SCV) Risk Committee
|
CRO, SCV who receives authority directly from
the GCRO
|
Oversees the effective management of risk
throughout SCV and the portfolio of controlled entities operating
under SCV.
|
Climate Risk Management Committee
(CRMC)
|
Global Head, ERM
|
Oversees the effective implementation of the
Group's Climate Risk workplan, including relevant regulatory
requirements. This includes embedding Climate
|
Page
6
Group Risk Committee sub-committees
|
Chair
|
Roles and responsibilities
|
|
|
Risk and net zero oversight across Group
businesses, as part of the Group's commitment to manage Climate
Risk related financial and non-financial risks.
|
Regulatory Interpretation Committee
(RIC)
|
Co-chaired by the Global Head ERM and Group
Head, Central Finance
|
Provides oversight of material regulatory
interpretations for the Capital Requirements Regulation (as amended
by UK legislation), the Prudential Regulatory Authority (PRA)
rulebook and other relevant regulations impacting Group regulatory
capital calculations and reporting. The areas and risk types in
scope are credit risk, traded risk, operational risk, large
exposures, leverage ratio and securitisation.
|
Digital Assets Risk Committee (DRC)
|
CRO, SC Ventures & Global Head, Digital
Asset Risk
|
Oversees effective risk management of the
Digital Assets (DA) Risk profile of the Group. This includes
providing oversight and subject matter expertise of DA Risk matters
across the PRTs.
|
Corporate & Investment Banking Financial
Risk Committee (CIBFRC)
|
Co-Heads CRO CIB and CRO, ASEAN & South
Asia
|
Ensures the effective management of financial
risk throughout CIB in support of the Group's strategy.
|
Wealth & Retail Banking Risk Committee
(WRBRC)
|
Chief Risk Officer, WRB & GCNA
|
Ensures the effective management of risk
throughout WRB in support of the Group's strategy.
|
HK & GCNA Risk Committee (HK&GCNA
RC)
|
CRO, Hong Kong & GCNA
|
These committees ensure the effective
management of risk in the clusters in support of the Group's
strategy.
|
SG & ASEAN Risk Committee (SG&ASEAN
RC)
|
CRO, Singapore & ASEAN
|
Standard Chartered Bank (SCB) India Country
Risk Committee (CRC & CNFRC)
|
CRO, India & South Asia
|
UK & Europe Risk Committee (UK &
ERC)
|
CRO & Chief Credit Officer,
Europe
|
Americas Risk Committee (ARC)
|
CRO, Americas
|
Middle East and Pakistan Risk Committee
(MEPRC)
|
CRO & Regional CCO AME
|
Africa Risk Committee
|
CRO & Regional CCO AME
|
Group Asset and Liability Committee
The Group Asset and Liability Committee (GALCO)
is chaired by the GCFO. Its members are drawn principally from the
Management Team. GALCO is responsible for determining the Group's
balance sheet strategy and ensuring that, in executing the Group's
strategy, the Group operates within RA and regulatory requirements
relating to capital, loss-absorbing capacity, liquidity, leverage,
Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB), Banking Book Basis
Risk and Structural Foreign Exchange Risk. It also monitors the
structural impact of decisions around sustainable finance, net zero
and climate risk. GALCO is also responsible for ensuring that
internal and external recovery planning requirements are
met.
Page
7
Principal risks
We manage and control our PRTs through distinct
RTFs, policies and RA.
Changes impacting PRTs in 2024
In May 2024, to further align with our risk
strategy and promote consistency and efficiency, the Operational
and Technology Risk and Information and Cyber Security Risk teams
were unified under the Operational, Technology and Cyber Risk
(OTCR) function. The PRT disclosures and RA Statements for ICS Risk
and Operational and Technology Risk remain separate.
Following Tracey McDermott's retirement as Group
Head, Conduct, Financial Crime and Compliance at the end of 2024,
David Howes has been appointed as Group Head, Compliance, Financial
Crime and Conduct Risk (CFCR) from 1 January 2025 and will assume
Senior Manager responsibilities for Financial Crime, including the
Group Entity Senior Manager Function, Compliance Oversight Function
(SMF16) and Money Laundering Reporting Officer (MLRO) role (SMF
17).
Credit Risk
Mitigation
Segment-specific policies are in place for
Corporate & Investment Banking (CIB) and Wealth & Retail
Banking (WRB) which set the principles that must be followed for
the end-to-end credit process covering initiation, assessment,
documentation, approval, monitoring and governance.
The Group also sets out standards for the
eligibility, enforceability, and effectiveness of mitigation
arrangements. Potential losses are mitigated using a range of
tools, such as collateral, netting agreements, credit insurance,
credit derivatives and guarantees.
Risk mitigants are carefully assessed for their
market value, legal enforceability, correlation, and counterparty
risk of the protection provider. Collateral is valued prior to
drawdown and regularly thereafter as required, to reflect current
market conditions, the probability of recovery and the period of
time to realise the collateral in the event of liquidation. The
Group also seeks to diversify its collateral holdings across asset
classes and markets.
Where guarantees, credit insurance, standby
letters of credit or credit derivatives are used as Credit Risk
mitigation, the creditworthiness of the protection provider is
assessed and monitored using the same credit process applied to the
obligor.
Monitoring
The Group regularly monitors credit exposures,
portfolio performance, external trends and emerging risks that may
impact risk management outcomes. Internal risk management reports
that are presented to risk committees contain information on key
political and economic trends across major portfolios and
countries, portfolio delinquency and loan impairment
performance.
In CIB, clients and portfolios are subject to
additional review when they display signs of actual or potential
weakness; for example, where there is a decline in the client's
position within their industry, financial deterioration, a breach
of covenants, or non-performance of an obligation within the
stipulated period. Such accounts are subject to a dedicated process
overseen by the Credit Issues Committee in the relevant countries
where client account strategies and credit grades are re-evaluated.
In addition, remedial actions can be undertaken, such as placing
accounts on early alert for exposure reduction, security
enhancement or exiting the account. Credit-impaired accounts are
managed by the Group's specialist recovery unit, Stressed Asset
Group (SAG), which is independent of the Client
Coverage/Relationship Managers. The Stressed Asset Risk (SAR) Group
is the second line risk unit.
On an annual basis, senior members from the CIB
business and Risk participate in a more extensive portfolio review
(known as the 'industry portfolio review') for certain industry
groups. In addition to a review of the portfolio information, this
industry portfolio review incorporates industry outlook, key
elements of the business strategy, RA, credit profile and emerging
and horizon risks. A summary of these industry portfolio reviews is
also shared with the CIB Financial Risk Committee.
Page
8
For WRB, exposures and collateral monitoring are
performed at the counterparty and/or portfolio level across
different client segments to ensure transactions and portfolio
exposures remain within RA. Portfolio delinquency trends are also
monitored. Accounts that are past due (or perceived as high risk
but not yet past due) are subject to collections or recovery
processes managed by a specialist independent function. In some
countries, aspects of collections and recovery activities are
outsourced. For discretionary lending portfolios, similar processes
to those of CIB are followed.
Any material in-country developments that may
impact sovereign ratings are monitored closely by Country Risk
within the ERM function. The Country Risk Early Warning system, a
triage-based risk identification system, categorises countries
based on a forward-looking view of possible downgrades and the
potential incremental risk-weighted assets (RWA) impact.
In addition, an independent Credit Risk review
team within the ERM function performs assessments of the Credit
Risk profiles at various portfolio levels. They focus on selected
countries and segments through deep dives, comparative analysis,
and review and challenge of the basis of credit approvals. The
review aims to ensure that the evolving Credit Risk profiles of CIB
and WRB are well managed within RA and policies. Results of the
reviews are reported to the GRC and BRC.
Credit rating and measurement
All credit proposals are subject to a robust
credit risk assessment. It includes a comprehensive evaluation of
the client's credit quality, including willingness, ability, and
capacity to repay. The primary lending consideration for
counterparties is based on their credit quality and operating cash
flows, while for individual borrowers it is based on personal
income or wealth. The risk assessment gives due consideration to
the client's liquidity and leverage position.
Where applicable, the assessment includes a
detailed analysis of the Credit Risk mitigation arrangements to
determine the level of reliance on such arrangements as the
secondary source of repayment in the event of a significant
deterioration in a client's credit quality leading to default.
Client income, net worth, and the liquidity of asset by class are
considered for overall risk assessment for wealth lending. Wealth
lending credit limits are subject to the availability of qualified
collateral.
A standard alphanumeric Credit Risk grade system
is used for CIB, whereby credit grades 1 to 12 are assigned to
performing customers, and credit grades 13 and 14 are assigned to
non-performing or defaulted customers.
WRB internal ratings-based portfolios use
application and behavioural credit scores that are calibrated to
generate a probability of default. The Risk Decision Framework uses
a credit rating system to define the portfolio/new booking
segmentation, shape and decision criteria for the unsecured
consumer business segment.
Advanced Internal Ratings-Based (AIRB) models
cover the majority of our exposures and are used in assessing risks
at a customer and portfolio level, setting strategy, and optimising
our risk-return decisions. The Model Risk Committee (MRC) approves
material internal ratings-based risk measurement models. Prior to
review and approval, all internal ratings-based models are
validated by an independent model validation team. Reviews are also
triggered if the performance of a model deteriorates materially
against predetermined thresholds, measured through the ongoing
model performance monitoring process.
We adopt the AIRB approach under the Basel
regulatory framework to calculate Credit Risk capital requirements
for the majority of our exposures. The Group has also established a
global programme to assess capital requirements necessary to be
implemented to meet the latest revised Basel III regulation
(referred to as Basel 3.1 or Basel IV).
Credit Concentration Risk
Credit Concentration Risk for CIB is managed
through concentration limits covering large exposure limit to a
single counterparty or a group of connected counterparties (based
on control and economic dependence criteria), or at portfolio level
for multiple exposures that are closely correlated. Portfolio RA
metrics are set, where appropriate, by industry, products, tenor,
collateralisation level, top clients, and exposure to holding
companies.
For concentrations that are material at a Group
level, breaches and potential breaches are monitored by the
respective governance committees and reported to the GRC and
BRC.
Page
9
Credit impairment
For CIB, in line with the regulatory guidelines,
Stage 3 expected credit loss (ECL) is considered when an obligor is
more than 90 days past due on any amount payable to the Group, or
the obligor has symptoms of unlikeliness to pay its credit
obligations in full as they fall due. These credit-impaired
accounts are managed by SAG.
In WRB, loans to individuals and small
businesses are considered credit-impaired as soon as any payment of
interest or principal is 90 days overdue or they meet other
objective evidence of impairment, such as bankruptcy, debt
restructuring, fraud, or death, with unlikely continuation of
contractual payments. Financial assets are written off, in the
amount that is determined to be irrecoverable, when they meet
conditions set such that empirical evidence suggests the client is
unlikely to meet their contractual obligations, or a loss of
principal is reasonably expected.
Estimating the amount and timing of future
recoveries involves significant judgement and considers the
assessment of matters such as future economic conditions and the
value of collateral, for which there may not be a readily
accessible market. The total amount of the Group's impairment
provision is inherently uncertain, being sensitive to changes in
economic and credit conditions across the markets in which the
Group operates.
Underwriting
The underwriting of securities and loans is in
scope of the CIB RA. Additional limits approved by the GCRO
are set on sectoral concentration and maximum holding period. The
Underwriting Committee, under the authority of the GCRO, approves
individual proposals to underwrite new security issues and loans
for our clients. In July 2024, oversight of the Underwriting
Committee was transferred from Traded Risk to CIB Credit
Risk.
Traded Risk
Mitigation
Traded Risk limits are defined at a level which
aims to ensure that the Group remains within RA. The Traded Risk
Policy sets the principles that must be followed for the end-to-end
traded risk management process including limit setting, risk
capture and measurement, limit monitoring and escalation, risk
mitigation and stress testing. Policies are reviewed and approved
by the Global Head, Traded Risk Management periodically to ensure
their ongoing effectiveness.
Market Risk measurement
The Group uses a VaR model to measure the risk
of losses arising from future potential adverse movements in market
rates, prices, and volatilities. VaR is a quantitative measure of
market risk that applies recent historical market conditions to
estimate the potential future loss in market value that will not be
exceeded in a set time period at a set statistical confidence
level.
VaR provides a consistent measure that can be
applied across trading businesses and products over time and can be
set against actual daily trading profit and loss
outcomes.
For day-to-day risk management, VaR is
calculated as at the close of business, generally at UK time for
expected market movements over one business day and to a confidence
level of 97.5 per cent. Intra-day risk levels may vary from those
reported at the end of the day.
The Group applies two VaR
methodologies:
• Historical
simulation: this involves the revaluation of all existing positions
to reflect the effect of historically observed changes in Market
Risk factors on the valuation of the current portfolio. This
approach is applied for general Market Risk factors and the
majority of specific (credit spread) risk factors. The enhanced
Volatility Scaling VaR (VSV) model went live in January 2025, where
risk factors' returns are scaled to reflect historical volatility.
The VSV model is more responsive to volatility changes observed in
the market.
• Monte Carlo
simulation: this methodology is similar to historical simulation
but with considerably more input risk factor observations. These
are generated by random sampling techniques, but the results retain
the essential variability and correlations of historically observed
risk factor changes. This approach is applied for capturing the
idiosyncratic credit spread risk factors.
Page
10
As an input to regulatory capital, trading book
VaR is calculated for expected movements over 10 business days and
to a confidence level of 99 per cent. Some types of market risk are
not captured in the regulatory VaR measure and these risks not in
VaR are subject to capital add-ons.
Counterparty Credit Risk measurement
A Potential Future Exposure (PFE) model is used
to measure the credit exposure arising from the positive
mark-to-market of traded products. The PFE model provides a
quantitative estimate of future potential movements in market
rates, prices, and volatilities at a certain confidence level over
different time horizons based on the tenor of the
transactions.
The Group applies two PFE methodologies:
simulation based, which is predominantly used, and an add-on based
PFE methodology.
Monitoring
Traded Risk Management monitors the overall
portfolio risk and ensures that it is within specified limits and
therefore RA. Limits are typically reviewed twice a
year.
All material Traded Risks are monitored daily
against approved limits. Traded Risk limits apply at all times
unless separate intra-day limits have been set.
Treasury Risk
Mitigation
The Group develops policies to address material
Treasury Risks and aims to maintain its risk profile within RA. In
order to do this, metrics are set against Capital Risk, Liquidity
and Funding Risk and IRRBB. Where appropriate, RA metrics are
cascaded down to clusters and countries in the form of limits and
management action triggers.
Capital Risk
In order to manage Capital Risk, strategic
business and capital plans (Corporate Plan) are drawn up covering a
five-year horizon and are approved by the Board annually. The plan
ensures that adequate levels of capital, including loss-absorbing
capacity, and an efficient mix of the different components of
capital are maintained to support our strategy and business
plans.
Treasury is responsible for the ongoing
assessment of the demand for capital and the updating of the
Group's capital plan.
RA metrics including capital, leverage, minimum
requirement for own funds and eligible liability (MREL) and double
leverage are assessed within the Corporate Plan to ensure that the
strategy can be achieved within risk tolerances.
Structural Foreign Exchange (FX) Risk
The Group's structural FX position results from
the Group's non-US dollar investment in the share capital and
reserves of subsidiaries and branches. The FX translation gains or
losses are recorded in the Group's translation reserves with a
direct impact on the Group's Common Equity Tier 1 ratio.
The Group contracts hedges to manage its
structural FX position in accordance with the RA, and as a result
the Group has taken net investment hedges to partially cover its
exposure to certain non-US dollar currencies to mitigate the FX
impact of such positions on its capital ratios.
Liquidity and Funding Risk
At Group, cluster and country level we implement
various business-as-usual and stress risk metrics to monitor and
manage Liquidity and Funding risk. This ensures that the Group
maintains an adequate and well-diversified liquidity buffer, as
well as a stable funding base, to meet its liquidity and funding
regulatory requirements.
The risk management approach and RA are assessed
annually through the Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment
Process. A funding plan is also developed for efficient liquidity
projections to ensure that the Group is adequately funded in the
required currencies, to meet its obligations and client funding
needs. The funding plan is part of the overall Corporate Plan
process aligning to the capital requirements.
Page
11
Interest Rate Risk in the Banking
Book
This risk arises from differences in the
repricing profile, interest rate basis, and optionality of banking
book assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items. IRRBB
represents an economic and commercial risk to the Group and its
capital adequacy. The Group monitors IRRBB against the
RA.
Pension Risk
Pension Risk is the potential for loss due to
having to meet an actuarially assessed shortfall in the Group's
pension plans. Pension Risk arises from the Group's contractual or
other liabilities with respect to its occupational pension plans or
other long-term benefit obligation. For a funded plan, it
represents the risk that additional contributions will need to be
made because of a future funding shortfall. For unfunded
obligations, it represents the risk that the cost of meeting future
benefit payments is greater than currently anticipated.
The Pension Risk is monitored against the RA and
reported to the GRC. The RA metric is calculated as the total
capital requirement (including both Pillar 1 and Pillar 2A capital)
in respect of Pension Risk, expressed as a number of basis points
of RWA.
Recovery and resolution planning
In line with PRA requirements, the Group
maintains a Recovery Plan, which is a live document to be used by
management in the event of stress in order to restore the Group to
a stable and sustainable position. The Recovery Plan includes a set
of recovery indicators, an escalation framework, and a set of
management actions capable of being implemented during a stress. A
Recovery Plan is also maintained within each major entity, and all
Recovery Plans are subject to periodic fire-drill
testing.
As the UK resolution authority, the BoE set a
single point of entry bail-in at the ultimate holding company level
(Standard Chartered PLC) as the preferred resolution strategy for
the Group. In support of this strategy, the Group has a set of
capabilities, arrangements, and resources in place to maintain,
test and improve resolution capabilities, and continue to meet the
required resolvability outcomes on an ongoing basis.
Following the BoE's first resolvability
assessment and public disclosure for major UK firms in 2022, the
Group submitted its Resolvability Self-Assessment Report to the BoE
and PRA, and subsequently published its resolvability public
disclosure in August 2024 as part of the second Resolvability
Assessment Framework cycle.
Monitoring
On a day-to-day basis, Treasury Risk is managed
by Treasury, Finance and country CEOs. The Group regularly reports
and monitors Treasury Risk inherent in its business activities and
those that arise from internal and external events.
Internal risk management reports covering the
balance sheet and the capital and liquidity position are presented
to the relevant country Asset and Liability Committee. The reports
contain key information on balance sheet trends, exposures against
RA and supporting risk measures which enable members to make
informed decisions around the overall management of the balance
sheet. In addition, an independent Treasury CRO within ERM reviews
the prudency and effectiveness of Treasury Risk
management.
Pension Risk is managed by the Head of Pensions
and Reward Analytics, and monitored by the Global Head, ERM on a
periodic basis.
Operational and Technology Risk
Mitigation
The Operational and Technology RTF sets out the
Group's overall approach to the management of Operational and
Technology Risk in line with the Group's Operational and Technology
RA. This is supported by the Risk and Control Self-Assessment
(RCSA), which provides a systematic approach for identification and
assessment of operational risks, including design and operation of
mitigating controls (applicable to all risks as per the
Non-Financial Risk Taxonomy).
The RCSA is used to determine the design and
operating effectiveness of each process, and requires:
• the recording of
end-to-end processes which deliver our key client journey and
business outcomes
Page
12
• the identification of
risks to support the achievement of client and business
outcomes
• the assessment of
inherent risk on the impact to client and business outcomes, and
likelihood of occurrence
• the design and
monitoring of key controls to effectively and efficiently mitigate
prioritised risks within acceptable levels and
• the assessment of
residual risk and timely treatment of elevated risks.
Elevated Residual Risks require treatment plans
to address the underlying causes and reduce the risks to within the
RA.
Monitoring
To deliver services to clients and to
participate in the financial services sector, the Group runs
processes which are exposed to Operational and Technology risks.
The Group prioritises and manages risks which are significant to
our clients and to the financial services sectors. The control
indicators are regularly monitored to determine the Group's
exposure to residual risk.
The residual risk assessments and reporting of
events form the Group's Operational and Technology Risk profile.
The completeness of the Operational and Technology Risk profile
ensures appropriate prioritisation and timeliness of risk
decisions, including risk acceptances with treatment plans for
risks that exceed acceptable thresholds.
The BRC is informed on adherence to Operational
and Technology RA through metrics reported for selected risks.
These metrics are monitored, and escalation thresholds are devised
based on the materiality and significance of the risk. These
Operational and Technology RA metrics are consolidated on a regular
basis and reported at the relevant Group committees, providing
senior management with the relevant information to inform their
risk decisions.
Information and Cyber Security (ICS)
Risk
Mitigation
ICS Risk is managed through the ICS RTF,
comprising a risk assessment methodology and supporting policy,
standards, and methodologies. The ICS Policy and standards are
aligned to industry best practice models including the National
Institute of Standards and Technology Cyber Security Framework and
ISO 27001. We undertake an annual ICS Effectiveness Review to
evaluate ICS Risk management practices in alignment with the
ERMF.
Monitoring
The Group Chief Information Security Officer
(CISO) function monitors the evolving threat landscape covering
cyber threats, attack vectors and threat actors that could target
the Group. This includes performing a threat-led risk assessment to
identify key threats, in-scope applications and key controls
required to ensure the Group remains within RA.
The ICS Risk profiles of all businesses,
functions and countries are consolidated to present a holistic
Group-level ICS Risk profile for ongoing monitoring. Mandatory ICS
learning, phishing exercises and role-specific training support
colleagues to monitor and manage this risk.
During these reviews, the status of each risk is
assessed against the Group's controls to identify any changes to
impact and likelihood, which affects the overall risk
rating.
The Group stress tests its cyber posture through
extensive control testing and by executing offensive security
testing exercises, including vulnerability testing, code reviews,
penetration tests and Red Team attack simulation testing. This
testing approach constantly stress tests the Group's defence and
approach to cyber security. These show a wider picture of the
Group's risk profile, leading to better visibility on potential 'in
flight' risks. The Group also tracks remediation of security
matters identified by external reviews, such as the BoE CBEST
Threat Intelligence-Led Assessment and the Hong Kong Monetary
Authority's (HKMA) Intelligence-led Cyber Attack Simulation Testing
(iCAST).
The CISO and OTCR functions monitor the ICS Risk
profile and ensure that breaches of RA are escalated to the
appropriate governance committee or authority levels for
remediation and tracking.
Page
13
Financial Crime Risk
Roles and responsibilities
The Group Head, CFCR is the Group's Compliance
and Money-Laundering Reporting Officer and performs the Financial
Conduct Authority (FCA) controlled function and senior management
function in accordance with requirements set out by the FCA,
including those set out in their handbook on systems and
controls.
Mitigation
The CFCR function is responsible for the
establishment and maintenance of policies, standards, and oversight
of first line of defence controls to ensure continued compliance
with financial crime laws and regulations, and the mitigation of
Financial Crime Risk. In this, the requirements of the Operational
and Technology RTF are followed to ensure a consistent approach to
the management of processes and controls.
Financial Crime Risk management is built on a
risk-based approach, meaning the risk management plans, processes,
activities, and resource allocations are determined according to
the level of risk.
Risk mitigation takes place through the process
of identification of new and amended regulations and the
implementation of necessary process and control changes to address
these.
Monitoring
The Group monitors enterprise-wide financial
crime risks through the Financial Crime Risk Assessment. This is
undertaken annually to assess the inherent financial crime risk
exposures and the associated processes and controls by which these
exposures are mitigated.
Financial Crime Risk controls are governed in
line with the Operational and Technology RTF. The Group has a
monitoring and reporting process in place for Financial Crime Risk,
which includes escalation and reporting to the CFCR and relevant
risk committees.
While not a formal governance committee, the
CFCR Oversight Group provides oversight of CFCR risks including the
effective implementation of the Financial Crime RTF. It also
provides oversight, challenge and direction to CFCR policy owners
on material changes and positions taken in CFCR-owned policies,
including issues relating to regulatory interpretation and Group's
CFCR RA. The Regulatory Change Oversight Forum provides visibility
and oversight of material and/or complex large-scale regulatory
change emanating from financial services regulators impacting
non-financial risks.
Compliance Risk
Roles and responsibilities
All activities that the Group engages in must
comply with the relevant country/local specific and
extraterritorial regulations.
Compliance Risk includes the risks associated
with a failure to comply with all regulations that are applicable
to the Group regardless of the issuing regulatory authority. Where
Compliance Risk arises, or could arise, from failure to manage
another PRT, the oversight and management processes for that
specific PRT must be followed, to ensure that effective oversight
and challenge of the first line of defence can be provided by the
appropriate second line of defence function.
Areas of regulation can be broadly divided into
two distinct categories: those issued by financial service
regulatory authorities and those issued by non-financial service
regulators. The Group is exposed to both categories of regulation,
and roles and responsibilities differ depending on the category.
For regulations issued by financial services regulatory authorities
and other regulators that may issue regulations pertaining to
Compliance Risk, CFCR identifies new and amended regulations as and
when issued and communicates the relevant regulatory obligations to
the country RFO delegate. The areas where CFCR does not act in a
second line of defence capacity are specified in the respective RTF
with appropriate ownership.
Each of the assigned second line of defence
functions have responsibilities, including monitoring relevant
regulatory developments from non-financial services regulators at
both Group and country levels, policy development, implementation,
and validation as well as oversight and challenge of first line of
defence processes and controls.
Page
14
Mitigation
The CFCR function is responsible for the
establishment and maintenance of policies, standards, and oversight
of the first line of defence controls to ensure compliance with
laws and regulations, and the mitigation of Compliance Risk. In
this, the requirements of the Operational and Technology RTF are
followed to ensure a consistent approach to the management of
processes and controls.
Monitoring
The monitoring of controls designed to mitigate
the risk of regulatory non-compliance in processes is governed in
line with the Operational and Technology RTF. Compliance Risk
reporting includes escalation and reporting to the CFCR and
relevant risk committees.
While not a formal governance committee, the
CFCR Oversight Group provides oversight of CFCR, risks including
the effective implementation of the Compliance RTF, and oversight,
challenge and direction to CFCR policy owners on material changes
and positions taken in CFCR-owned policies, including issues
relating to regulatory interpretation and the Group's CFCR RA. The
Regulatory Change Oversight Forum provides visibility and oversight
of material and/or complex large-scale regulatory change emanating
from financial services regulators impacting non-financial
risks.
Environmental, Social and Governance and
Reputational (ESGR) Risk
Mitigation
The ESGR RTF provides the overall risk
management approach for Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG)
and Reputational risks.
The ESG Risk policy outlines the Group's
commitment to integrating ESG considerations into its business,
operations, and decision-making process. The policy sets out the
requirements for identifying, assessing, and managing ESG risks,
including Climate Risk.
The Reputational Risk policy sets out the
principal sources of reputational risk driven by negative shifts in
stakeholder perceptions, as well as the responsibilities for
managing Reputational Risk arising out of client onboarding and due
diligence, from transactions, product design and product features,
or strategic coverages such as exposure to sensitive industries,
markets, or investments. Whenever potential for stakeholder
concerns is identified, issues are subject to review and decision
by both the first and second lines of defence. The Reputational
Risk policy also sets out the key considerations for mitigating
greenwashing risk that can arise during product and/or deal
lifecycle, sustainability reporting and disclosures, and external
campaigns related to sustainability themes.
Monitoring
Exposure to reputational risks arising from
transactions, clients, products and strategic coverage is monitored
through established triggers to prompt the appropriate risk-based
considerations and assessment by the first line of defence and
escalations to the second line of defence. Risk acceptance
decisions and thematic trends are also reviewed on a periodic
basis.
Exposure to ESG Risks is monitored through
triggers embedded within the first line of defence processes. The
environmental and social risks are considered for clients and
transactions via Environmental and Social Risk Assessments and/or
Climate Risk Assessments (CRAs). Vendors that are presenting as
high risk are assessed for modern slavery risk. Based on responses
provided by the supplier at onboarding, those that meet the
high-risk category-country combinations are subjected to further
risk assessment.
Exposure to Climate Risk is monitored in
conjunction with other PRTs. We have embedded qualitative and
quantitative climate considerations into the Group's Credit
Underwriting Principles for Oil and Gas, Mining, Shipping,
Commercial Real Estate and Project Finance portfolio. We have
expanded coverage of Climate and Credit Risk considerations to
physical collateral, as they serve as key risk mitigants,
especially in default events. We assess physical risk
concentrations for our WRB portfolio on a quarterly basis and
assess the physical risk vulnerabilities of our sites periodically
and when new sites are onboarded.
Page
15
Our Net Zero Climate Risk Working Forum meets
quarterly to discuss account plans for high climate risk and net
zero divergent clients. Stress testing and scenario analysis are
used to assess the impact of ESGR-related risks. The impact on
capital requirements has been included in the PLC Group Internal
Capital Adequacy Assessment Process. Management information is
reviewed at a quarterly frequency and any breaches in RA are
reported to the GRC and BRC.
Model Risk
Mitigation
The Model Risk Policy and Standards define
requirements for model development, validation, implementation and
use, including regular model performance monitoring and, where
required, model risk mitigants.
Model deficiencies identified through the
development or validation process, or model performance issues
identified through ongoing monitoring, are mitigated through
respective model risk mitigants. Mitigants include model overlays
as either post-model adjustments (PMAs) or management adjustments,
model restrictions and potentially a model recalibration or
redevelopment, all of which undergo independent review, challenge,
and approval. PMAs are used to address observed deficiencies caused
from within the model, by adjusting the model output either
directly or indirectly (e.g. adjusting parameters). Where a PMA is
applied as a mitigant for a model used in Pillar 1 or Pillar 2
calculations or models with material impact on financial accounting
disclosures (e.g. IFRS 9), the independent review must be performed
by Group Model Validation (GMV) with sign-off from the Model
Approver prior to implementation. Management adjustments are used
to address issues by applying management decisions without
adjusting a direct modelling component.
As with all PRTs, operational controls are used
to govern all Model Risk-related processes, with regular risk
assessments performed to assess appropriateness and effectiveness
of those controls, in line with the Operational and Technology RTF,
with remediation plans implemented where necessary. Group Model
Risk Policy and Standards also define requirements for
deterministic quantitative methods (DQMs) that are used as part of
an end-to-end modelled process. DQMs are similar in nature to a
model, however the processing component is either purely
deterministic or has an element of expert judgement. Unlike a
model, there is no use of statistical, economic financial or
mathematical theories.
The regulatory framework around Model Risk is
continuously evolving, the PRA's Supervisory Statement 1/23
(SS1/23) is an example. The Group proactively monitors regulatory
changes to take the required actions timely for compliance.
Regarding SS1/23, the Group is currently delivering to a roadmap to
compliance, which commenced in 2024 and will continue over the next
two years.
Monitoring
The Group monitors Model Risk via a set of RA
metrics. Adherence to Model RA and any threshold breaches are
reported to the BRC, GRC and MRC. These metrics and thresholds are
reviewed twice per year to ensure that threshold calibration
remains appropriate, and the themes adequately cover the current
risks.
Models undergo regular performance monitoring
based on their level of perceived Model Risk, with monitoring
results presented, and breaches escalated to the Model Sponsor,
Model Owner, GMV and respective MRC or Individual Delegated Model
Approvers.
Model Risk management produces Model Risk
reports covering the model landscape, which include performance
metrics, identified model issues and remediation plans. These are
presented for discussion at the Model Risk governance committees on
a regular basis.
Page
16
Risk profile
Credit Risk (audited)
Basis of preparation
Unless otherwise stated, the balance sheet and
income statement information presented within this section is based
on the Group's management view. This is principally the location
from which a client relationship is managed, which may differ from
where it is financially booked and may be shared between businesses
and/or regions. This view reflects how the client segments and
regions are managed internally.
Loans and advances to customers and banks held
at amortised cost in this 'Risk profile' section include reverse
repurchase agreement balances held at amortised cost, per Note 16
Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements including other
similar secured lending and borrowing.
Credit Risk overview
Credit Risk is the potential for loss due to the
failure of a counterparty to meet its contractual obligations to
pay the Group. Credit exposures arise from both the banking and
trading books.
Impairment model
IFRS 9 mandates an impairment model that
requires the recognition of expected credit losses (ECL) on all
financial debt instruments held at amortised cost, Fair Value
through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI), undrawn loan
commitments and financial guarantees.
Staging of financial instruments
Financial instruments that are not already
credit-impaired are originated into stage 1 and a 12-month ECL
provision is recognised.
Instruments will remain in stage 1 until they
are repaid, unless they experience significant credit deterioration
(stage 2) or they become credit-impaired (stage 3).
Instruments will transfer to stage 2 and a
lifetime ECL provision is recognised when there has been a
significant change in the Credit Risk compared to what was expected
at origination.
The framework used to determine a Significant
Increase in Credit Risk (SICR) is set out below.
Stage 1
•
12-month ECL
•
Performing
Stage 2
·
Lifetime expected credit loss
·
Performing but has exhibited SICR
Stage 3
•
Credit-impaired
•
Non-performing
Page
17
IFRS 9 ECL principles and approaches
The main methodology principles and approach
adopted by the Group are set out in the following table.
Title
|
Supplementary Information
|
Approach for determining ECL
|
• IFRS 9 ECL
methodology
• Application of
lifetime ECL
|
Key assumptions and judgements in determining
ECL
|
• Incorporation of forward-looking information
• Forecast of key macroeconomic variables underlying the ECL
calculation and the impact of non-linearity
• Impact of multiple economic scenarios
• Judgemental adjustments and management overlays
• Sensitivity of ECL calculation to macroeconomic
variables
|
Significant increase in Credit risk
(SICR)
|
• Quantitative and qualitative criteria
|
Assessment of credit-impaired financial
assets
|
• Wealth and Retail Banking (WRB) clients
• Corporate and Investment Banking (CIB) and Private Banking
clients
• Write-offs
|
Transfers between stages
|
• Movement
in gross exposures and credit impairment
|
Modified financial assets
|
• Forborne
and other modified loans
|
Governance of PMAs and application of expert
credit judgement in respect of ECL
|
• IFRS 9
Impairment Committee
|
Summary of Credit Risk performance
Maximum exposure
The Group's on-balance sheet maximum exposure to
Credit Risk increased by $25 billion to $823 billion (31 December
2023: $798 billion). Cash and balances at Central banks decreased
by $6.5 billion to $63 billion (31 December 2023: $70 billion) due
to reduced placements. Loans to banks held at amortised cost
decreased by $1.4 billion to $44 billion (31 December 2023: $45
billion). Fair value through profit and loss increased by $27.8
billion to $172 billion (31 December 2023: $144 billion), largely
due to increases in debt securities and reverse repos, but this was
partially offset by a $16.7 billion reduction in debt securities
not held at fair value through profit and loss. Loans and advances
to customers decreased by $5.9 billion to $281 billion (31
December 2023: $287 billion), due to a reduction in mortgages in
Korea, Singapore and Hong Kong, given continued headwinds,
including foreign currency movements. Loans and advances to
customers in the CIB segment increased by $7.6 billion, mainly due
to the execution of pipeline deals in Global Banking, but this was
offset by a $7.4 billion decrease in Central and other items.
Derivative financial instruments increased by $31 billion to $81
billion (31 December 2023: $50 billion). Off-balance sheet
instruments increased by $16 billion to $273 billion
(31 December 2023: $257 billion), due to an increase in
financial guarantees and other equivalents, which was driven by
new business.
Loans and advances
94 per cent (31 December 2023: 94 per cent) of
the Group's gross loans and advances to customers remain in stage 1
at $269 billion (31 December 2023: $274 billion), reflecting our
continued focus on high-quality origination. For WRB, stage 1
balances decreased by $6.5 billion to $117 billion (31 December
2023: $123 billion), of which $5.9 billion was mainly due to a
reduction in the mortgage portfolios in Korea, Singapore and Hong
Kong, mainly driven by slower booking momentum and higher attrition
as a result of intense interest rate competition. For CIB, stage 1
balances increased by $8 billion to $129 billion (31 December
2023: $121 billion) mainly driven by the Energy, Financing,
Insurance and Transport sectors. For Central and other items, stage
1 balances decreased by 6.3 billion to $22 billion (31 December
2023: $28 billion) due to a reduction in exposures to the
Government sector, across a number of our markets.
Stage 2 loans and advances to customers
decreased by $0.6 billion to $11 billion (31 December 2023:
$11 billion). For WRB, stage 2 balances decreased by $0.4 billion
to $1.9 billion (31 December 2023: $2.3 billion), due to decrease
in the mortgage portfolio. For Central and other items, higher risk
exposures decreased by $0.9 billion to $0.1 billion (31 December
2023: $1 billion), was due to the maturity of short-term loan
exposures that were replaced with debt securities in
Pakistan.
Page
18
Stage 3 loans and advances decreased by $1
billion to $6.2 billion (31 December 2023: $7.2 billion) due
to debt sales, repayments, write-offs and upgrades to Stage 2 loans
in CIB. WRB stage 3 balances remained broadly stable at $1.6
billion (31 December 2023: $1.5 billion). For Central and other
items, stage 3 balances decreased by $0.1 billion to $0.1 billion
(31 December 2023: $0.2 billion).
Analysis of Stage 2
The key SICR driver which caused exposures to be
classified as stage 2 remains an increase in probability of default
(PD). The proportion of CIB exposures in stage 2 decreased due to a
reduction in clients placed on non-purely precautionary early alert
that have not breached PD thresholds. In WRB, the exposures in
stage 2 loans with more than 30 days past due remained stable at
$0.3 billion (31 December 2023: $0.3 billion). In Central and other
items, the $0.5 billion decrease in CG12 balances to
$1.5 billion (31 December 2023: $2 billion) was due to the
maturity of short-term loan exposures that were replaced with debt
securities in Pakistan. 'Others' category includes exposures where
origination data is incomplete and the exposures are allocated into
stage 2.
Credit impairment charges
The Group's ongoing credit impairment was a net
charge of $547 million (31 December 2023: $508 million).
WRB contributed a net charge of $644 million (31
December 2023: $354 million), driven by a higher interest rate
environment impacting repayments on credit cards and personal loans
and to a few non-repeating ECL releases recorded in 2023. The
increase in impairments was also due to the maturity and portfolio
growth of digital partnerships in China and Indonesia, as well as a
$21 million overlay arising from the settlement failure of two
e-commerce platforms in Korea.
CIB contributed a net release of $106 million
(31 December 2023: $123 million charge) due to a number of stage 3
releases and repayments.
Commercial Real Estate (CRE)
The Group provides loans to CRE counterparties
of which $8.8 billion is to counterparties in the CIB segment
where the source of repayment is substantially derived from rental
or sale of real estate and is secured by real estate collateral.
The remaining CRE loans comprise working capital loans to real
estate corporates, loans with non-property collateral, unsecured
loans and loans to real estate entities of diversified
conglomerates. The average LTV ratio of the performing book CRE
portfolio has increased to 54 per cent (31 December 2023: 52 per
cent). The proportion of loans with an LTV greater than 80 per cent
has increased to 4 per cent (31 December 2023: 3 per
cent).
China CRE
Total exposure to China CRE decreased by $0.6
billion to $2 billion (31 December 2023: $2.6 billion) mainly
from exposure reductions. The proportion of credit impaired
exposures increased to 70 per cent (31 December 2023: 58 per cent)
due to repayments within the non-credit impaired portfolio. The
overall provision coverage increased to 87 per cent
(31 December 2023: 72 per cent), reflecting increased
provision charges during the year. The proportion of the loan book
rated as Higher Risk increased to 3 per cent (31 December 2023: 0.3
per cent) primarily due to downgrades during the year.
The Group continues to hold a judgemental
management overlay, which decreased by $71 million to $70 million
(31 December 2023: $141 million), reflecting repayments and
utilisations during the year.
The Group is further indirectly exposed to China
CRE through its associate investment in China Bohai
Bank.
High carbon sectors
With the Group's expansion in the asset-backed
lending business, the total on-and-off balance sheet exposure for
the Aviation sector increased to $2.6 billion (31 December 2023:
$1.9 billion), while the Shipping sector decreased to $4.6 billion
(31 December 2023: $5 billion). The Group's position statements
mandates that for newer vessels and aircraft, only carbon efficient
ones can be financed.
While exposures to the Oil and Gas sector
increased to $21 billion (31 December 2023: $20 billion) due
to increased funding towards more emissions-efficient
counterparties, exposures to the Power sector increased to $11
billion (31 December 2023: $9 billion) due to increased
lending to renewables and efficient gas generation
counterparties.
Page
19
Maximum exposure to Credit Risk
(audited)
The table below presents the Group's maximum
exposure to Credit Risk for its on-balance sheet and off-balance
sheet financial instruments as at 31 December 2024, before and
after taking into account any collateral held or other Credit Risk
mitigation.
|
2024
|
|
2023
|
Maximum exposure
$million
|
Credit risk management
|
Net Exposure
$million
|
Maximum exposure
$million
|
Credit risk management
|
Net Exposure
$million
|
Collateral8
$million
|
Master netting agreements
$million
|
Collateral8
$million
|
Master netting agreements
$million
|
On-balance sheet
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and balances at central banks
|
63,447
|
-
|
-
|
63,447
|
|
69,905
|
-
|
-
|
69,905
|
Loans and advances to banks1
|
43,593
|
2,946
|
|
40,647
|
|
44,977
|
1,738
|
|
43,239
|
of which - reverse repurchase agreements and
other similar
secured lending7
|
2,946
|
2,946
|
-
|
-
|
|
1,738
|
1,738
|
-
|
-
|
Loans and advances to
customers1
|
281,032
|
119,047
|
-
|
161,985
|
|
286,975
|
118,492
|
|
168,483
|
of which - reverse repurchase agreements and
other similar
secured lending⁷
|
9,660
|
9,660
|
-
|
-
|
|
13,996
|
13,996
|
-
|
-
|
Investment securities - Debt securities and
other eligible bills2
|
143,562
|
|
|
143,562
|
|
160,263
|
-
|
-
|
160,263
|
Fair value through profit or
loss3, 7
|
172,031
|
86,195
|
-
|
85,836
|
|
144,276
|
81,847
|
-
|
62,429
|
Loans and advances to banks
|
2,213
|
-
|
-
|
2,213
|
|
2,265
|
-
|
-
|
2,265
|
Loans and advances to customers
|
7,084
|
-
|
-
|
7,084
|
|
7,212
|
-
|
-
|
7,212
|
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar
lending7
|
86,195
|
86,195
|
-
|
-
|
|
81,847
|
81,847
|
-
|
-
|
Investment securities - Debt securities and
other eligible bills2
|
76,539
|
-
|
-
|
76,539
|
|
52,952
|
-
|
-
|
52,952
|
Derivative financial
instruments4, 7
|
81,472
|
15,005
|
60,280
|
6,187
|
|
50,434
|
8,440
|
39,293
|
2,701
|
Accrued income
|
2,776
|
-
|
-
|
2,776
|
|
2,673
|
-
|
-
|
2,673
|
Assets held for sale9
|
889
|
-
|
-
|
889
|
|
701
|
-
|
-
|
701
|
Other assets5
|
34,585
|
-
|
-
|
34,585
|
|
38,140
|
-
|
-
|
38,140
|
Total balance sheet
|
823,387
|
223,193
|
60,280
|
539,914
|
|
798,344
|
210,517
|
39,293
|
548,534
|
Off-balance sheet6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undrawn Commitments
|
182,529
|
2,489
|
-
|
180,040
|
|
182,390
|
2,940
|
-
|
179,450
|
Financial Guarantees and other
equivalents
|
90,632
|
1,807
|
-
|
88,825
|
|
74,414
|
2,590
|
-
|
71,824
|
Total off-balance sheet
|
273,161
|
4,296
|
-
|
268,865
|
|
256,804
|
5,530
|
-
|
251,274
|
Total
|
1,096,548
|
227,489
|
60,280
|
808,779
|
|
1,055,148
|
216,047
|
39,293
|
799,808
|
1 Amounts are net of
ECL provisions. An analysis of credit quality is set out in the
credit quality analysis section. Further details of collateral held
by client segment and stage are set out in the collateral analysis
section. The Group also has credit mitigation through Credit Linked
Notes as set out below
2 Excludes equity and
other investments of $994 million (31 December 2023: $992 million).
Further details are set out in Note 13 financial
instruments
3 Excludes equity and
other investments of $5,486 million (31 December 2023: $2,940
million). Further details are set out in Note 13 financial
instruments
4 The Group enters into master
netting agreements, which in the event of default result in a
single amount owed by or to the counterparty through netting the
sum of the positive and negative mark-to-market values of
applicable derivative transactions
5 Other assets include
Hong Kong certificates of indebtedness, cash collateral, and
acceptances, in addition to unsettled trades and other financial
assets
6 Excludes ECL
provisions of $255 million (31 December 2023: $227 million) which
are reported under Provisions for liabilities and
charges
7 Collateral capped at
maximum exposure (over-collateralised)
8 Adjusted for
over-collateralisation, which has been determined with reference to
the drawn and undrawn component as this best reflects the effect on
the amount arising from expected credit losses
9 The amount is after ECL.
provisions. Further details are set out in Note 21 Assets held for
sale and associated liabilities
Page
20
Analysis of financial instruments by stage
(audited)
The table below presents the gross and credit
impairment balances by stage for the Group's amortised cost and
FVOCI financial instruments as at 31 December 2024.
|
2024
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
|
Total
|
Gross balance1
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net carrying value
$million
|
Gross balance1
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net carrying value
$million
|
Gross balance1
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net carrying value
$million
|
Gross balance1
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net carrying value
$million
|
Cash and balances at central banks
|
62,597
|
-
|
62,597
|
|
432
|
(4)
|
428
|
|
426
|
(4)
|
422
|
|
63,455
|
(8)
|
63,447
|
Loans and advances to banks (amortised
cost)
|
43,208
|
(10)
|
43,198
|
|
318
|
(1)
|
317
|
|
83
|
(5)
|
78
|
|
43,609
|
(16)
|
43,593
|
Loans and advances to customers (amortised
cost)
|
269,102
|
(483)
|
268,619
|
|
10,631
|
(473)
|
10,158
|
|
6,203
|
(3,948)
|
2,255
|
|
285,936
|
(4,904)
|
281,032
|
Debt securities and other eligible
bills5
|
141,862
|
(23)
|
|
|
1,614
|
(4)
|
|
|
103
|
(2)
|
|
|
143,579
|
(29)
|
|
Amortised cost
|
54,637
|
(15)
|
54,622
|
|
475
|
(2)
|
473
|
|
42
|
-
|
42
|
|
55,154
|
(17)
|
55,137
|
FVOCI2
|
87,225
|
(8)
|
|
|
1,139
|
(2)
|
|
|
61
|
(2)
|
|
|
88,425
|
(12)
|
-
|
Accrued income (amortised
cost)4
|
2,776
|
|
2,776
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
2,776
|
-
|
2,776
|
Assets held for sale4
|
840
|
(7)
|
833
|
|
38
|
-
|
38
|
|
58
|
(45)
|
13
|
|
936
|
(52)
|
884
|
Other assets
|
34,585
|
-
|
34,585
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
3
|
(3)
|
-
|
|
34,588
|
(3)
|
34,585
|
Undrawn commitments3
|
178,516
|
(50)
|
|
|
4,006
|
(52)
|
|
|
7
|
(1)
|
|
|
182,529
|
(103)
|
|
Financial guarantees, trade credits and
irrevocable letter of credits3
|
87,991
|
(16)
|
|
|
2,038
|
(7)
|
|
|
603
|
(129)
|
|
|
90,632
|
(152)
|
|
Total
|
821,477
|
(589)
|
|
|
19,077
|
(541)
|
|
|
7,486
|
(4,137)
|
|
|
848,040
|
(5,267)
|
|
1 Gross carrying
amount for off-balance sheet refers to notional values
2 These instruments
are held at fair value on the balance sheet. The ECL provision in
respect of debt securities measured at FVOCI is held within the OCI
reserve
3 These are
off-balance sheet instruments. Only the ECL is recorded on-balance
sheet as a financial liability and therefore there is no "net
carrying amount". ECL allowances on off-balance sheet instruments
are held as liability provisions to the extent that the drawn and
undrawn components of loan exposures can be separately identified.
Otherwise they will be reported against the drawn
component
4 Stage 1 ECL is not
material
5 Stage 3 gross
includes $59 million (31 December 2023: $80 million) originated
credit-impaired debt securities with impairment of $Nil million (31
December 2023: $14 million)
Page
21
|
2023
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
|
Total
|
Gross balance1
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net carrying value
$million
|
Gross balance1
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net carrying value
$million
|
Gross balance1
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net carrying value
$million
|
Gross balance1
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net carrying value
$million
|
Cash and balances at central banks
|
69,313
|
-
|
69,313
|
|
207
|
(7)
|
200
|
|
404
|
(12)
|
392
|
|
69,924
|
(19)
|
69,905
|
Loans and advances to banks (amortised
cost)
|
44,384
|
(8)
|
44,376
|
|
540
|
(10)
|
530
|
|
77
|
(6)
|
71
|
|
45,001
|
(24)
|
44,977
|
Loans and advances to customers (amortised
cost)
|
273,692
|
(430)
|
273,262
|
|
11,225
|
(420)
|
10,805
|
|
7,228
|
(4,320)
|
2,908
|
|
292,145
|
(5,170)
|
286,975
|
Debt securities and other eligible
bills5
|
158,314
|
(26)
|
|
|
1,860
|
(34)
|
|
|
164
|
(61)
|
|
|
160,338
|
(121)
|
|
Amortised cost
|
56,787
|
(16)
|
56,771
|
|
103
|
(2)
|
101
|
|
120
|
(57)
|
63
|
|
57,010
|
(75)
|
56,935
|
FVOCI2
|
101,527
|
(10)
|
|
|
1,757
|
(32)
|
|
|
44
|
(4)
|
|
|
103,328
|
(46)
|
|
Accrued income (amortised
cost)4
|
2,673
|
|
2,673
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
2,673
|
-
|
2,673
|
Assets held for sale4
|
661
|
(33)
|
628
|
|
76
|
(4)
|
72
|
|
1
|
-
|
1
|
|
738
|
(37)
|
701
|
Other assets
|
38,139
|
-
|
38,139
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
4
|
(3)
|
1
|
|
38,143
|
(3)
|
38,140
|
Undrawn commitments3
|
176,654
|
(52)
|
|
|
5,733
|
(39)
|
|
|
3
|
-
|
|
|
182,390
|
(91)
|
|
Financial guarantees, trade credits and
irrevocable letter of credits3
|
70,832
|
(10)
|
|
|
2,910
|
(14)
|
|
|
672
|
(112)
|
|
|
74,414
|
(136)
|
|
Total
|
834,662
|
(559)
|
|
|
22,551
|
(528)
|
|
|
8,553
|
(4,514)
|
|
|
865,766
|
(5,601)
|
|
1 Gross carrying
amount for off-balance sheet refers to notional values
2 These instruments
are held at fair value on the balance sheet. The ECL provision in
respect of debt securities measured at FVOCI is held within the OCI
reserve
3 These are
off-balance sheet instruments. Only the ECL is recorded on-balance
sheet as a financial liability and therefore there is no "net
carrying amount". ECL allowances on off-balance sheet instruments
are held as liability provisions to the extent that the drawn and
undrawn components of loan exposures can be separately identified.
Otherwise they will be reported against the drawn
component
4 Stage 1 ECL is not
material
5 Stage 3 gross
includes $80 million originated credit-impaired debt securities
with impairment of $14 million
Credit quality analysis (audited)
Credit quality by client segment
For CIB, exposures are analysed by credit grade
(CG), which plays a central role in the quality assessment and
monitoring of risk. All loans are assigned a CG, which is reviewed
periodically and amended in light of changes in the borrower's
circumstances or behaviour. CGs 1 to 12 are assigned to stage 1 and
stage 2 (performing) clients or accounts, while CGs 13 and 14 are
assigned to stage 3 (credit-impaired) clients. Consumer and
Business Banking portfolios are analysed by days past due and
Private Banking by the type of collateral held.
Mapping of credit quality
The Group uses the following internal risk
mapping to determine the credit quality for loans.
Credit quality description
|
Corporate & Investment Banking
|
|
Private Banking1
|
|
Wealth & Retail Banking4
|
Internal grade mapping
|
S&P external ratings
equivalent
|
Regulatory PD range (%)
|
Internal ratings
|
Internal grade mapping
|
Strong
|
1A to 5B
|
AAA/AA+ to BBB-/BB+2
|
0 to 0.425
|
|
Class I and Class IV
|
|
Current loans (no past dues nor
impaired)
|
Satisfactory
|
6A to 11C
|
BB to CCC+3
|
0.426 to 15.75
|
|
Class II and Class III
|
|
Loans past due till 29 days
|
Higher risk
|
Grade 12
|
CCC+ to C
|
15.751 to 99.999
|
|
Stressed Assets Group (SAG) Managed
|
|
Past due loans 30 days and over till 90
days
|
1 For Private Banking,
classes of risk represent the type of collateral held. Class I
represents facilities with liquid collateral, such as cash and
marketable securities. Class II represents unsecured/partially
secured facilities and those with illiquid collateral, such as
equity in private enterprises. Class III represents facilities with
residential or commercial real estate collateral. Class IV covers
margin trading facilities
2 Banks' rating:
AAA/AA+ to BB+/BB. Sovereigns' rating: AAA to BB+
3 Banks' rating: BB to
"CCC+ to C". Sovereigns' rating: BB+/BB to B-/CCC+
4 Wealth & Retail
Banking excludes Private Banking. Medium enterprise clients within
Business Banking are managed using the same internal credit grades
as CIB
Page
22
The table below sets out the gross loans and
advances held at amortised cost, ECL provisions and expected credit
loss coverage by business segment and stage. ECL coverage
represents the ECL reported for each segment and stage as a
proportion of the gross loan balance for each segment and
stage.
Loans and advances by client segment
(audited)
Amortised cost
|
2024
|
Banks
$million
|
|
Customers
|
|
Undrawn commitments
$million
|
Financial Guarantees
$million
|
Corporate & Investment Banking
$million
|
Wealth & Retail Banking
$million
|
Ventures
$million
|
Central & other items
$million
|
Customer Total
$million
|
Stage 1
|
43,208
|
|
128,746
|
117,015
|
1,383
|
21,958
|
269,102
|
|
178,516
|
87,991
|
- Strong
|
31,239
|
|
90,725
|
111,706
|
1,367
|
21,540
|
225,338
|
|
162,574
|
56,070
|
- Satisfactory
|
11,969
|
|
38,021
|
5,309
|
16
|
418
|
43,764
|
|
15,942
|
31,921
|
Stage 2
|
318
|
|
8,643
|
1,905
|
48
|
35
|
10,631
|
|
4,006
|
2,038
|
- Strong
|
8
|
|
1,229
|
1,413
|
31
|
-
|
2,673
|
|
994
|
471
|
- Satisfactory
|
125
|
|
6,665
|
155
|
6
|
-
|
6,826
|
|
2,862
|
1,403
|
- Higher risk
|
185
|
|
749
|
337
|
11
|
35
|
1,132
|
|
150
|
164
|
Of which (stage 2):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Less than 30 days past due
|
-
|
|
55
|
155
|
6
|
-
|
216
|
|
-
|
-
|
- More than 30 days past due
|
2
|
|
7
|
337
|
11
|
-
|
355
|
|
-
|
-
|
Stage 3, credit-impaired financial
assets
|
83
|
|
4,476
|
1,617
|
12
|
98
|
6,203
|
|
7
|
603
|
Gross balance¹
|
43,609
|
|
141,865
|
120,537
|
1,443
|
22,091
|
285,936
|
|
182,529
|
90,632
|
Stage 1
|
(10)
|
|
(80)
|
(383)
|
(20)
|
-
|
(483)
|
|
(50)
|
(16)
|
- Strong
|
(7)
|
|
(28)
|
(325)
|
(18)
|
-
|
(371)
|
|
(33)
|
(7)
|
- Satisfactory
|
(3)
|
|
(52)
|
(58)
|
(2)
|
-
|
(112)
|
|
(17)
|
(9)
|
Stage 2
|
(1)
|
|
(303)
|
(147)
|
(23)
|
-
|
(473)
|
|
(52)
|
(7)
|
- Strong
|
-
|
|
(41)
|
(70)
|
(14)
|
-
|
(125)
|
|
(10)
|
-
|
- Satisfactory
|
(1)
|
|
(218)
|
(32)
|
(3)
|
-
|
(253)
|
|
(32)
|
(4)
|
- Higher risk
|
-
|
|
(44)
|
(45)
|
(6)
|
-
|
(95)
|
|
(10)
|
(3)
|
Of which (stage 2):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Less than 30 days past due
|
-
|
|
(1)
|
(32)
|
(3)
|
-
|
(36)
|
|
-
|
-
|
- More than 30 days past due
|
-
|
|
-
|
(45)
|
(6)
|
-
|
(51)
|
|
-
|
-
|
Stage 3, credit-impaired financial
assets
|
(5)
|
|
(3,178)
|
(759)
|
(11)
|
-
|
(3,948)
|
|
(1)
|
(129)
|
Total credit impairment
|
(16)
|
|
(3,561)
|
(1,289)
|
(54)
|
-
|
(4,904)
|
|
(103)
|
(152)
|
Net carrying value
|
43,593
|
|
138,304
|
119,248
|
1,389
|
22,091
|
281,032
|
|
|
|
Stage 1
|
0.0%
|
|
0.1%
|
0.3%
|
1.4%
|
0.0%
|
0.2%
|
|
0.0%
|
0.0%
|
- Strong
|
0.0%
|
|
0.0%
|
0.3%
|
1.3%
|
0.0%
|
0.2%
|
|
0.0%
|
0.0%
|
- Satisfactory
|
0.0%
|
|
0.1%
|
1.1%
|
12.5%
|
0.0%
|
0.3%
|
|
0.1%
|
0.0%
|
Stage 2
|
0.3%
|
|
3.6%
|
7.7%
|
47.9%
|
0.0%
|
4.4%
|
|
1.3%
|
0.3%
|
- Strong
|
0.0%
|
|
3.3%
|
5.0%
|
45.2%
|
0.0%
|
4.7%
|
|
1.0%
|
0.0%
|
- Satisfactory
|
0.8%
|
|
3.3%
|
20.6%
|
50.0%
|
0.0%
|
3.7%
|
|
1.1%
|
0.3%
|
- Higher risk
|
0.0%
|
|
5.9%
|
13.4%
|
54.5%
|
0.0%
|
8.4%
|
|
6.7%
|
1.8%
|
Of which (stage 2):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Less than 30 days past due
|
0.0%
|
|
1.8%
|
20.6%
|
50.0%
|
0.0%
|
16.7%
|
|
0.0%
|
0.0%
|
- More than 30 days past due
|
0.0%
|
|
0.0%
|
13.4%
|
54.5%
|
0.0%
|
14.4%
|
|
0.0%
|
0.0%
|
Stage 3, credit-impaired financial assets
(S3)
|
6.0%
|
|
71.0%
|
46.9%
|
91.7%
|
0.0%
|
63.6%
|
|
14.3%
|
21.4%
|
- Stage 3 Collateral
|
1
|
|
297
|
584
|
-
|
-
|
881
|
|
-
|
46
|
- Stage 3 Cover ratio
(after collateral)
|
7.2%
|
|
77.6%
|
83.1%
|
91.7%
|
0.0%
|
77.8%
|
|
14.3%
|
29.0%
|
Cover ratio
|
0.0%
|
|
2.5%
|
1.1%
|
3.7%
|
0.0%
|
1.7%
|
|
0.1%
|
0.2%
|
Fair value through profit or loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performing
|
36,967
|
|
58,506
|
6
|
-
|
-
|
58,512
|
|
-
|
-
|
- Strong
|
30,799
|
|
38,084
|
3
|
-
|
-
|
38,087
|
|
-
|
-
|
- Satisfactory
|
6,158
|
|
20,314
|
3
|
-
|
-
|
20,317
|
|
-
|
-
|
- Higher risk
|
10
|
|
108
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
108
|
|
-
|
-
|
Defaulted (CG13-14)
|
-
|
|
13
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
13
|
|
-
|
-
|
Gross balance (FVTPL)2
|
36,967
|
|
58,519
|
6
|
-
|
-
|
58,525
|
|
-
|
-
|
Net carrying value (incl FVTPL)
|
80,560
|
|
196,823
|
119,254
|
1,389
|
22,091
|
339,557
|
|
-
|
-
|
1 Loans and advances
includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured
lending of $9,660 million under Customers and of $2,946 million
under Banks, held at amortised cost
2 Loans and advances
includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured
lending of $51,441 million under Customers and of $34,754 million
under Banks, held at fair value through profit or loss
Page
23
Amortised cost
|
2023
|
Banks
$million
|
|
Customers
|
|
Undrawn commitments
$million
|
Financial Guarantees
$million
|
Corporate & Investment Banking
$million
|
Wealth & Retail Banking
$million
|
Ventures
$million
|
Central &
other items
$million
|
Customer Total
$million
|
Stage 1
|
44,384
|
|
120,886
|
123,486
|
1,015
|
28,305
|
273,692
|
|
176,654
|
70,832
|
- Strong
|
35,284
|
|
84,248
|
118,193
|
1,000
|
27,967
|
231,408
|
|
162,643
|
47,885
|
- Satisfactory
|
9,100
|
|
36,638
|
5,293
|
15
|
338
|
42,284
|
|
14,011
|
22,947
|
Stage 2
|
540
|
|
7,902
|
2,304
|
54
|
965
|
11,225
|
|
5,733
|
2,910
|
- Strong
|
55
|
|
1,145
|
1,761
|
34
|
-
|
2,940
|
|
1,090
|
830
|
- Satisfactory
|
212
|
|
5,840
|
206
|
7
|
-
|
6,053
|
|
4,169
|
1,823
|
- Higher risk
|
273
|
|
917
|
337
|
13
|
965
|
2,232
|
|
474
|
257
|
Of which (stage 2):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Less than 30 days past due
|
-
|
|
78
|
206
|
7
|
-
|
291
|
|
-
|
-
|
- More than 30 days past due
|
-
|
|
10
|
337
|
13
|
-
|
360
|
|
-
|
-
|
Stage 3, credit-impaired financial
assets
|
77
|
|
5,508
|
1,484
|
12
|
224
|
7,228
|
|
3
|
672
|
Gross balance¹
|
45,001
|
|
134,296
|
127,274
|
1,081
|
29,494
|
292,145
|
|
182,390
|
74,414
|
Stage 1
|
(8)
|
|
(101)
|
(314)
|
(15)
|
-
|
(430)
|
|
(52)
|
(10)
|
- Strong
|
(3)
|
|
(34)
|
(234)
|
(14)
|
-
|
(282)
|
|
(31)
|
(2)
|
- Satisfactory
|
(5)
|
|
(67)
|
(80)
|
(1)
|
-
|
(148)
|
|
(21)
|
(8)
|
Stage 2
|
(10)
|
|
(257)
|
(141)
|
(21)
|
(1)
|
(420)
|
|
(39)
|
(14)
|
- Strong
|
(1)
|
|
(18)
|
(65)
|
(14)
|
-
|
(97)
|
|
(5)
|
-
|
- Satisfactory
|
(2)
|
|
(179)
|
(22)
|
(3)
|
-
|
(204)
|
|
(23)
|
(7)
|
- Higher risk
|
(7)
|
|
(60)
|
(54)
|
(4)
|
(1)
|
(119)
|
|
(11)
|
(7)
|
Of which (stage 2):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Less than 30 days past due
|
-
|
|
(2)
|
(22)
|
(3)
|
-
|
(27)
|
|
-
|
-
|
- More than 30 days past due
|
-
|
|
(1)
|
(54)
|
(4)
|
-
|
(59)
|
|
-
|
-
|
Stage 3, credit-impaired financial
assets
|
(6)
|
|
(3,533)
|
(760)
|
(12)
|
(15)
|
(4,320)
|
|
-
|
(112)
|
Total credit impairment
|
(24)
|
|
(3,891)
|
(1,215)
|
(48)
|
(16)
|
(5,170)
|
|
(91)
|
(136)
|
Net carrying value
|
44,977
|
|
130,405
|
126,059
|
1,033
|
29,478
|
286,975
|
|
-
|
-
|
Stage 1
|
0.0%
|
|
0.1%
|
0.3%
|
1.5%
|
0.0%
|
0.2%
|
|
0.0%
|
0.0%
|
- Strong
|
0.0%
|
|
0.0%
|
0.2%
|
1.4%
|
0.0%
|
0.1%
|
|
0.0%
|
0.0%
|
- Satisfactory
|
0.1%
|
|
0.2%
|
1.5%
|
6.7%
|
0.0%
|
0.4%
|
|
0.1%
|
0.0%
|
Stage 2
|
1.9%
|
|
3.3%
|
6.1%
|
38.9%
|
0.1%
|
3.7%
|
|
0.7%
|
0.5%
|
- Strong
|
1.8%
|
|
1.6%
|
3.7%
|
41.2%
|
0.0%
|
3.3%
|
|
0.5%
|
0.0%
|
- Satisfactory
|
0.9%
|
|
3.1%
|
10.7%
|
42.9%
|
0.0%
|
3.4%
|
|
0.6%
|
0.4%
|
- Higher risk
|
2.6%
|
|
6.5%
|
16.0%
|
30.8%
|
0.1%
|
5.3%
|
|
2.3%
|
2.7%
|
Of which (stage 2):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Less than 30 days past due
|
0.0%
|
|
2.6%
|
10.7%
|
42.9%
|
0.0%
|
9.3%
|
|
0.0%
|
0.0%
|
- More than 30 days past due
|
0.0%
|
|
10.0%
|
16.0%
|
30.8%
|
0.0%
|
16.4%
|
|
0.0%
|
0.0%
|
Stage 3, credit-impaired financial assets
(S3)
|
7.8%
|
|
64.1%
|
51.2%
|
100.0%
|
6.7%
|
59.8%
|
|
0.0%
|
16.7%
|
- Stage 3 Collateral
|
2
|
|
621
|
554
|
-
|
-
|
1,175
|
|
-
|
34
|
- Stage 3 Cover ratio
(after collateral)
|
10.4%
|
|
75.4%
|
88.5%
|
100.0%
|
6.7%
|
76.0%
|
|
0.0%
|
21.7%
|
Cover ratio
|
0.1%
|
|
2.9%
|
1.0%
|
4.4%
|
0.1%
|
1.8%
|
|
0.0%
|
0.2%
|
Fair value through profit or loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performing
|
32,813
|
|
58,465
|
13
|
-
|
-
|
58,478
|
|
-
|
-
|
- Strong
|
28,402
|
|
38,014
|
13
|
-
|
-
|
38,027
|
|
-
|
-
|
- Satisfactory
|
4,411
|
|
20,388
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
20,388
|
|
-
|
-
|
- Higher risk
|
-
|
|
63
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
63
|
|
-
|
-
|
Defaulted (CG13-14)
|
-
|
|
33
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
33
|
|
-
|
-
|
Gross balance (FVTPL)2
|
32,813
|
|
58,498
|
13
|
-
|
-
|
58,511
|
|
-
|
-
|
Net carrying value (incl FVTPL)
|
77,790
|
|
188,903
|
126,072
|
1,033
|
29,478
|
345,486
|
|
-
|
-
|
1 Loans and advances includes
reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of
$13,996 million under Customers and of $1,738 million under Banks,
held at amortised cost
2. Loans and advances
includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured
lending of $51,299 million under Customers and of $30,548 million
under Banks, held at fair value through profit or loss
Page
24
Loans and advances by client segment credit
quality analysis
Credit grade
|
Regulatory 1 year
PD range (%)
|
S&P external ratings equivalent
|
2024
|
Corporate & Investment Banking and Central
& other items
|
Gross
|
|
Credit impairment
|
Stage 1 $million
|
Stage 2 $million
|
Stage 3 $million
|
Total $million
|
Stage 1 $million
|
Stage 2 $million
|
Stage 3 $million
|
Total $million
|
Strong
|
|
|
112,265
|
1,229
|
-
|
113,494
|
|
(28)
|
(41)
|
-
|
(69)
|
1A-2B
|
0 - 0.045
|
A+ and above
|
32,160
|
31
|
-
|
32,191
|
|
(2)
|
-
|
-
|
(2)
|
3A-4A
|
0.046 - 0.110
|
A/A- to BBB+/BBB
|
40,712
|
524
|
-
|
41,236
|
|
(8)
|
(33)
|
-
|
(41)
|
4B-5B
|
0.111 - 0.425
|
BBB to BBB-/BB+
|
39,393
|
674
|
-
|
40,067
|
|
(18)
|
(8)
|
-
|
(26)
|
Satisfactory
|
|
|
38,439
|
6,665
|
-
|
45,104
|
|
(52)
|
(218)
|
-
|
(270)
|
6A-7B
|
0.426 - 1.350
|
BB+/BB to BB-
|
24,928
|
2,677
|
-
|
27,605
|
|
(21)
|
(24)
|
-
|
(45)
|
8A-9B
|
1.351 - 4.000
|
BB-/B+ to B
|
9,514
|
2,618
|
-
|
12,132
|
|
(20)
|
(169)
|
-
|
(189)
|
10A-11C
|
4.001 - 15.75
|
B/B- to B-/CCC+
|
3,997
|
1,370
|
-
|
5,367
|
|
(11)
|
(25)
|
-
|
(36)
|
Higher risk
|
|
|
-
|
784
|
-
|
784
|
|
-
|
(44)
|
-
|
(44)
|
12
|
15.751 - 99.999
|
CCC/C
|
-
|
784
|
-
|
784
|
|
-
|
(44)
|
-
|
(44)
|
Credit-impaired
|
|
|
-
|
-
|
4,574
|
4,574
|
|
-
|
-
|
(3,178)
|
(3,178)
|
13-14
|
100
|
Defaulted
|
-
|
-
|
4,574
|
4,574
|
|
-
|
-
|
(3,178)
|
(3,178)
|
Total
|
|
|
150,704
|
8,678
|
4,574
|
163,956
|
|
(80)
|
(303)
|
(3,178)
|
(3,561)
|
|
|
|
2023
|
Strong
|
|
|
112,215
|
1,145
|
-
|
113,360
|
|
(34)
|
(18)
|
-
|
(52)
|
1A-2B
|
0 - 0.045
|
A+ and above
|
37,936
|
81
|
-
|
38,017
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
3A-4A
|
0.046 - 0.110
|
A/A- to BBB+/BBB
|
32,004
|
558
|
-
|
32,562
|
|
(3)
|
-
|
-
|
(3)
|
4B-5B
|
0.111 - 0.425
|
BBB to BBB-/BB+
|
42,275
|
506
|
-
|
42,781
|
|
(31)
|
(18)
|
-
|
(49)
|
Satisfactory
|
|
|
36,976
|
5,840
|
-
|
42,816
|
|
(67)
|
(179)
|
-
|
(246)
|
6A-7B
|
0.426 - 1.350
|
BB+/BB to BB-
|
24,598
|
1,873
|
-
|
26,471
|
|
(38)
|
(77)
|
-
|
(115)
|
8A-9B
|
1.351 - 4.000
|
BB-/B+ to B
|
8,232
|
2,273
|
-
|
10,505
|
|
(13)
|
(90)
|
-
|
(103)
|
10A-11C
|
4.001 - 15.75
|
B/B- to B-/CCC+
|
4,146
|
1,694
|
-
|
5,840
|
|
(16)
|
(12)
|
-
|
(28)
|
Higher risk
|
|
|
-
|
1,882
|
-
|
1,882
|
|
-
|
(61)
|
-
|
(61)
|
12
|
15.751 - 99.999
|
CCC/C
|
-
|
1,882
|
-
|
1,882
|
|
-
|
(61)
|
-
|
(61)
|
Credit-impaired
|
|
|
-
|
-
|
5,732
|
5,732
|
|
-
|
-
|
(3,548)
|
(3,548)
|
13-14
|
100
|
Defaulted
|
-
|
-
|
5,732
|
5,732
|
|
-
|
-
|
(3,548)
|
(3,548)
|
Total
|
|
|
149,191
|
8,867
|
5,732
|
163,790
|
|
(101)
|
(258)
|
(3,548)
|
(3,907)
|
Page
25
Undrawn commitment and financial guarantees -
by client segment credit quality
Credit grade
|
Regulatory 1 year
PD range (%)
|
S&P external ratings equivalent
|
2024
|
Corporate & Investment Banking and Central
& other items
|
Notional
|
|
Credit impairment
|
Stage 1
$million
|
Stage 2
$million
|
Stage 3
$million
|
Total
$million
|
Stage 1
$million
|
Stage 2
$million
|
Stage 3
$million
|
Total $million
|
Strong
|
|
|
140,733
|
1,265
|
-
|
141,998
|
|
(22)
|
(6)
|
-
|
(29)
|
1A-2B
|
0 - 0.045
|
A+ and above
|
29,623
|
280
|
-
|
29,903
|
|
(1)
|
-
|
-
|
(1)
|
3A-4A
|
0.046 - 0.110
|
A/A- to BBB+/BBB
|
53,568
|
492
|
-
|
54,060
|
|
(4)
|
-
|
-
|
(4)
|
4B-5B
|
0.111 - 0.425
|
BBB to BBB-/BB+
|
57,542
|
493
|
-
|
58,035
|
|
(17)
|
(6)
|
-
|
(23)
|
Satisfactory
|
|
|
46,394
|
4,200
|
-
|
50,594
|
|
(23)
|
(33)
|
-
|
(56)
|
6A-7B
|
0.426 - 1.350
|
BB+/BB to BB-
|
2,544
|
1,065
|
-
|
3,609
|
|
(4)
|
(6)
|
-
|
(10)
|
8A-9B
|
1.351 - 4.000
|
BB-/B+ to B
|
30,438
|
1,162
|
-
|
31,600
|
|
(11)
|
(16)
|
-
|
(27)
|
10A-11C
|
4.001 - 15.75
|
B/B- to B-/CCC+
|
13,412
|
1,973
|
-
|
15,385
|
|
(8)
|
(11)
|
-
|
(19)
|
Higher risk
|
|
|
-
|
286
|
-
|
286
|
|
-
|
(11)
|
-
|
(11)
|
12
|
15.751 - 99.999
|
CCC+/C
|
-
|
286
|
-
|
286
|
|
-
|
(11)
|
-
|
(11)
|
Credit-impaired
|
|
|
-
|
-
|
593
|
593
|
|
-
|
-
|
(129)
|
(129)
|
13-14
|
100
|
Defaulted
|
-
|
-
|
593
|
593
|
|
-
|
-
|
(129)
|
(129)
|
Total
|
|
|
187,127
|
5,751
|
593
|
193,471
|
|
(45)
|
(50)
|
(129)
|
(224)
|
|
|
|
2023
|
Strong
|
|
|
129,331
|
1,649
|
-
|
130,980
|
|
(19)
|
(3)
|
-
|
(22)
|
1A-2B
|
0 - 0.045
|
A+ and above
|
27,882
|
179
|
-
|
28,061
|
|
(1)
|
-
|
-
|
(1)
|
3A-4A
|
0.046 - 0.110
|
A/A- to BBB+/BBB
|
52,061
|
557
|
-
|
52,618
|
|
(3)
|
(1)
|
-
|
(4)
|
4B-5B
|
0.111 - 0.425
|
BBB to BBB-/BB+
|
49,388
|
913
|
-
|
50,301
|
|
(15)
|
(2)
|
-
|
(17)
|
Satisfactory
|
|
|
35,405
|
5,921
|
-
|
41,326
|
|
(23)
|
(28)
|
-
|
(51)
|
6A-7B
|
0.426 - 1.350
|
BB+/BB to BB-
|
2,581
|
1,065
|
-
|
3,646
|
|
(2)
|
(6)
|
-
|
(8)
|
8A-9B
|
1.351 - 4.000
|
BB-/B+ to B
|
25,089
|
3,028
|
-
|
28,117
|
|
(14)
|
(9)
|
-
|
(23)
|
10A-11C
|
4.001 - 15.75
|
B/B- to B-/CCC+
|
7,735
|
1,828
|
-
|
9,563
|
|
(7)
|
(13)
|
-
|
(20)
|
Higher risk
|
|
|
-
|
697
|
-
|
697
|
|
-
|
(15)
|
-
|
(15)
|
12
|
15.751 - 99.999
|
CCC+/C
|
-
|
697
|
-
|
697
|
|
-
|
(15)
|
-
|
(15)
|
Credit-impaired
|
|
|
-
|
-
|
663
|
663
|
|
-
|
-
|
(112)
|
(112)
|
13-14
|
100
|
Defaulted
|
-
|
-
|
663
|
663
|
|
-
|
-
|
(112)
|
(112)
|
Total
|
|
|
164,736
|
8,267
|
663
|
173,666
|
|
(42)
|
(46)
|
(112)
|
(200)
|
Page
26
Loans and advances by client segment credit
quality analysis by key geography
|
Corporate & Investment Banking
and Central & other items
|
2024
|
Gross
|
|
Credit Impairment
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
Total Coverage %
|
Strong $million
|
Satis-factory $million
|
Total $million
|
Strong $million
|
Satis-factory $million
|
Higher Risk $million
|
Total $million
|
Defaulted
$million
|
Total $million
|
Strong $million
|
Satis-factory $million
|
Total $million
|
Strong $million
|
Satis-factory $million
|
Higher Risk $million
|
Total $million
|
Defaulted
$million
|
Total $million
|
Hong Kong
|
32,552
|
12,079
|
44,631
|
|
230
|
1,539
|
64
|
1,833
|
|
1,272
|
1,272
|
|
(8)
|
(8)
|
(16)
|
|
(33)
|
(107)
|
(9)
|
(149)
|
|
(1,157)
|
(1,157)
|
(2.8)%
|
Corporate Lending
|
14,429
|
6,180
|
20,609
|
|
225
|
1,329
|
64
|
1,618
|
|
1,260
|
1,260
|
|
(5)
|
(4)
|
(9)
|
|
(33)
|
(102)
|
(9)
|
(144)
|
|
(1,157)
|
(1,157)
|
(5.6)%
|
Non Corporate
Lending1
|
4,567
|
2,730
|
7,297
|
|
4
|
206
|
-
|
210
|
|
12
|
12
|
|
(1)
|
(3)
|
(4)
|
|
-
|
(5)
|
-
|
(5)
|
|
-
|
-
|
(0.1)%
|
Banks
|
13,556
|
3,169
|
16,725
|
|
1
|
4
|
-
|
5
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
(2)
|
(1)
|
(3)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
(0.0)%
|
Singapore
|
31,129
|
7,769
|
38,898
|
|
500
|
955
|
35
|
1,490
|
|
407
|
407
|
|
-
|
(8)
|
(8)
|
|
(4)
|
(14)
|
-
|
(18)
|
|
(196)
|
(196)
|
(0.5)%
|
Corporate Lending
|
7,333
|
4,003
|
11,336
|
|
469
|
594
|
35
|
1,098
|
|
335
|
335
|
|
-
|
(6)
|
(6)
|
|
(4)
|
(14)
|
-
|
(18)
|
|
(195)
|
(195)
|
(1.7)%
|
Non Corporate
Lending1
|
19,348
|
567
|
19,915
|
|
29
|
358
|
-
|
387
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
(0.0)%
|
Banks
|
4,448
|
3,199
|
7,647
|
|
2
|
3
|
-
|
5
|
|
72
|
72
|
|
-
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
(0.0)%
|
UK
|
11,029
|
3,939
|
14,968
|
|
48
|
479
|
3
|
530
|
|
316
|
316
|
|
(10)
|
(4)
|
(14)
|
|
-
|
(27)
|
(6)
|
(33)
|
|
(258)
|
(258)
|
(1.9)%
|
Corporate Lending
|
325
|
871
|
1,196
|
|
47
|
479
|
1
|
527
|
|
258
|
258
|
|
(9)
|
(3)
|
(12)
|
|
-
|
(27)
|
(6)
|
(33)
|
|
(237)
|
(237)
|
(14.2)%
|
Non Corporate
Lending1
|
8,690
|
982
|
9,672
|
|
1
|
-
|
-
|
1
|
|
57
|
57
|
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
(2)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(21)
|
(21)
|
(0.2)%
|
Banks
|
2,014
|
2,086
|
4,100
|
|
-
|
-
|
2
|
2
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
(0.0)%
|
US
|
16,244
|
4,456
|
20,700
|
|
92
|
433
|
33
|
558
|
|
31
|
31
|
|
(4)
|
(1)
|
(5)
|
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
-
|
(2)
|
|
(3)
|
(3)
|
(0.0)%
|
Corporate Lending
|
5,426
|
2,761
|
8,187
|
|
77
|
322
|
-
|
399
|
|
28
|
28
|
|
(3)
|
(1)
|
(4)
|
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
-
|
(2)
|
|
-
|
-
|
(0.1)%
|
Non Corporate
Lending1
|
9,688
|
123
|
9,811
|
|
15
|
79
|
-
|
94
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
(1)
|
-
|
(1)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(3)
|
(3)
|
(0.0)%
|
Banks
|
1,130
|
1,572
|
2,702
|
|
-
|
32
|
33
|
65
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
(0.0)%
|
China
|
10,380
|
2,794
|
13,174
|
|
49
|
133
|
14
|
196
|
|
171
|
171
|
|
(3)
|
(1)
|
(4)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(86)
|
(86)
|
(0.7)%
|
Corporate Lending
|
4,933
|
2,193
|
7,126
|
|
49
|
133
|
14
|
196
|
|
168
|
168
|
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
(2)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(83)
|
(83)
|
(1.1)%
|
Non Corporate
Lending1
|
3,241
|
363
|
3,604
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
(1)
|
-
|
(1)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
(0.0)%
|
Banks
|
2,206
|
238
|
2,444
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
(1)
|
-
|
(1)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(3)
|
(3)
|
(0.2)%
|
Others
|
42,171
|
19,370
|
61,541
|
|
318
|
3,251
|
819
|
4,389
|
|
2,460
|
2,460
|
|
(10)
|
(33)
|
(43)
|
|
(3)
|
(70)
|
(29)
|
(102)
|
|
(1,483)
|
(1,483)
|
(2.4)%
|
Corporate Lending
|
24,835
|
14,075
|
38,910
|
|
291
|
2,048
|
516
|
2,855
|
|
2,221
|
2,221
|
|
(6)
|
(26)
|
(32)
|
|
(3)
|
(38)
|
(28)
|
(69)
|
|
(1,333)
|
(1,333)
|
(3.3)%
|
Non Corporate
Lending1
|
9,451
|
3,590
|
13,041
|
|
22
|
1,117
|
153
|
1,292
|
|
232
|
232
|
|
-
|
(6)
|
(6)
|
|
-
|
(31)
|
(1)
|
(32)
|
|
(149)
|
(149)
|
(1.3)%
|
Banks
|
7,885
|
1,705
|
9,590
|
|
5
|
86
|
150
|
241
|
|
7
|
7
|
|
(4)
|
(1)
|
(5)
|
|
-
|
(1)
|
-
|
(1)
|
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
(0.1)%
|
Total
|
143,505
|
50,407
|
193,912
|
|
1,237
|
6,790
|
968
|
8,996
|
|
4,657
|
4,657
|
|
(35)
|
(55)
|
(90)
|
|
(41)
|
(219)
|
(44)
|
(304)
|
|
(3,183)
|
(3,183)
|
(1.7)%
|
Page
27
|
Corporate & Investment Banking
and Central & other items2
|
2023
|
Gross
|
|
Credit Impairment
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
Total Coverage %
|
Strong $million
|
Satis-factory $million
|
Total $million
|
Strong $million
|
Satis-factory $million
|
Higher Risk $million
|
Total $million
|
Defaulted
$million
|
Total $million
|
Strong $million
|
Satis-factory $million
|
Total $million
|
Strong $million
|
Satis-factory $million
|
Higher Risk $million
|
Total $million
|
Defaulted
$million
|
Total $million
|
Hong Kong
|
36,776
|
10,151
|
46,927
|
|
167
|
937
|
30
|
1,134
|
|
1,284
|
1,284
|
|
(7)
|
(23)
|
(30)
|
|
(4)
|
(118)
|
(3)
|
(125)
|
|
(1,025)
|
(1,025)
|
(2.4)%
|
Corporate Lending
|
14,401
|
6,289
|
20,690
|
|
165
|
855
|
30
|
1,050
|
|
1,219
|
1,219
|
|
(5)
|
(20)
|
(25)
|
|
(3)
|
(118)
|
(3)
|
(124)
|
|
(1,024)
|
(1,024)
|
(5.1)%
|
Non Corporate
Lending1
|
6,323
|
2,458
|
8,781
|
|
1
|
81
|
-
|
82
|
|
65
|
65
|
|
(1)
|
(2)
|
(3)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
(0.0)%
|
Banks
|
16,052
|
1,404
|
17,456
|
|
1
|
1
|
-
|
2
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
(2)
|
|
(1)
|
-
|
-
|
(1)
|
|
-
|
-
|
(0.0)%
|
Singapore
|
34,526
|
6,046
|
40,572
|
|
361
|
509
|
36
|
906
|
|
285
|
285
|
|
(4)
|
(4)
|
(8)
|
|
(11)
|
(14)
|
(4)
|
(29)
|
|
(75)
|
(75)
|
(0.3)%
|
Corporate Lending
|
5,766
|
2,334
|
8,100
|
|
304
|
504
|
36
|
844
|
|
221
|
221
|
|
(4)
|
(3)
|
(7)
|
|
(11)
|
(13)
|
(4)
|
(28)
|
|
(74)
|
(74)
|
(1.2)%
|
Non Corporate
Lending1
|
23,033
|
510
|
23,543
|
|
57
|
2
|
-
|
59
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
(0.0)%
|
Banks
|
5,727
|
3,202
|
8,929
|
|
-
|
3
|
-
|
3
|
|
64
|
64
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
(1)
|
-
|
(1)
|
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
(0.0)%
|
UK
|
8,364
|
4,171
|
12,535
|
|
56
|
785
|
83
|
924
|
|
257
|
257
|
|
(5)
|
(5)
|
(10)
|
|
-
|
(14)
|
(7)
|
(21)
|
|
(209)
|
(209)
|
(1.7)%
|
Corporate Lending
|
5,407
|
1,559
|
6,966
|
|
52
|
539
|
71
|
662
|
|
250
|
250
|
|
(4)
|
(5)
|
(9)
|
|
-
|
(13)
|
(7)
|
(20)
|
|
(202)
|
(202)
|
(2.9)%
|
Non Corporate
Lending1
|
558
|
1,244
|
1,802
|
|
-
|
160
|
-
|
160
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
(1)
|
-
|
(1)
|
|
-
|
(1)
|
-
|
(1)
|
|
(3)
|
(3)
|
(0.3)%
|
Banks
|
2,399
|
1,368
|
3,767
|
|
4
|
86
|
12
|
102
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(4)
|
(4)
|
(0.1)%
|
US
|
14,550
|
4,742
|
19,292
|
|
219
|
176
|
19
|
414
|
|
5
|
5
|
|
(2)
|
(2)
|
(4)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(5)
|
(5)
|
(0.0)%
|
Corporate Lending
|
7,487
|
2,765
|
10,252
|
|
146
|
130
|
-
|
276
|
|
1
|
1
|
|
(1)
|
(2)
|
(3)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
(0.0)%
|
Non Corporate
Lending1
|
6,181
|
425
|
6,606
|
|
25
|
4
|
-
|
29
|
|
4
|
4
|
|
(1)
|
-
|
(1)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(4)
|
(4)
|
(0.1)%
|
Banks
|
882
|
1,552
|
2,434
|
|
48
|
42
|
19
|
109
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
(0.0)%
|
China
|
9,737
|
2,733
|
12,470
|
|
31
|
298
|
8
|
337
|
|
262
|
262
|
|
(3)
|
(4)
|
(7)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(125)
|
(125)
|
(1.0)%
|
Corporate Lending
|
4,723
|
2,179
|
6,902
|
|
31
|
297
|
8
|
336
|
|
259
|
259
|
|
(2)
|
(1)
|
(3)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(125)
|
(125)
|
(1.7)%
|
Non Corporate
Lending1
|
3,254
|
318
|
3,572
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
(1)
|
-
|
(1)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
(0.0)%
|
Banks
|
1,760
|
236
|
1,996
|
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
1
|
|
3
|
3
|
|
-
|
(3)
|
(3)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
(0.2)%
|
Others
|
43,547
|
18,233
|
61,780
|
|
366
|
3,347
|
1,979
|
5,692
|
|
3,716
|
3,716
|
|
(16)
|
(34)
|
(50)
|
|
(4)
|
(35)
|
(54)
|
(93)
|
|
(2,115)
|
(2,115)
|
(3.2)%
|
Corporate Lending
|
16,189
|
15,034
|
31,223
|
|
345
|
2,322
|
678
|
3,345
|
|
3,335
|
3,335
|
|
(8)
|
(27)
|
(35)
|
|
(3)
|
(28)
|
(46)
|
(77)
|
|
(2,012)
|
(2,012)
|
(5.6)%
|
Non Corporate
Lending1
|
18,894
|
1,861
|
20,755
|
|
19
|
946
|
1,059
|
2,024
|
|
375
|
375
|
|
(6)
|
(6)
|
(12)
|
|
(1)
|
(6)
|
(1)
|
(8)
|
|
(102)
|
(102)
|
(0.5)%
|
Banks
|
8,464
|
1,338
|
9,802
|
|
2
|
79
|
242
|
323
|
|
6
|
6
|
|
(2)
|
(1)
|
(3)
|
|
-
|
(1)
|
(7)
|
(8)
|
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
(0.1)%
|
Total
|
147,500
|
46,076
|
193,576
|
|
1,200
|
6,052
|
2,155
|
9,407
|
|
5,809
|
5,809
|
|
(37)
|
(72)
|
(109)
|
|
(19)
|
(181)
|
(68)
|
(268)
|
|
(3,554)
|
(3,554)
|
(1.9)%
|
1 Include financing,
insurance and non-banking corporations and governments
2 Amounts have been
re-presented from a regional basis (Asia; Africa & Middle East;
and Europe & Americas) to key geographies covering the majority
of the reported balances
|
Wealth & Retail Banking and
Ventures
|
2024
|
Gross
|
|
Credit Impairment
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
Total Coverage
%
|
Strong $million
|
Satis-factory $million
|
Total $million
|
Strong $million
|
Satis-factory $million
|
Higher Risk $million
|
Total $million
|
Impaired
$million
|
Total $million
|
Strong $million
|
Satis-factory $million
|
Total $million
|
Strong $million
|
Satis-factory $million
|
Higher Risk $million
|
Total $million
|
Impaired $million
|
Total $million
|
Hong Kong
|
41,906
|
320
|
42,226
|
|
288
|
47
|
40
|
375
|
|
228
|
228
|
|
(59)
|
(14)
|
(73)
|
|
(33)
|
(20)
|
(4)
|
(57)
|
|
(69)
|
(69)
|
(0.5)%
|
Mortgages
|
31,080
|
265
|
31,345
|
|
55
|
14
|
24
|
93
|
|
75
|
75
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(7)
|
(7)
|
(0.0)%
|
Credit cards
|
4,210
|
19
|
4,229
|
|
93
|
30
|
1
|
124
|
|
14
|
14
|
|
(36)
|
(11)
|
(47)
|
|
(27)
|
(19)
|
(1)
|
(47)
|
|
(14)
|
(14)
|
(2.5)%
|
Others
|
6,616
|
36
|
6,652
|
|
140
|
3
|
15
|
158
|
|
139
|
139
|
|
(23)
|
(3)
|
(26)
|
|
(6)
|
(1)
|
(3)
|
(10)
|
|
(48)
|
(48)
|
(1.2)%
|
Singapore
|
26,755
|
52
|
26,807
|
|
441
|
39
|
34
|
514
|
|
312
|
312
|
|
(29)
|
(26)
|
(55)
|
|
(6)
|
(6)
|
(6)
|
(18)
|
|
(265)
|
(265)
|
(1.2)%
|
Mortgages
|
13,531
|
12
|
13,543
|
|
160
|
32
|
15
|
207
|
|
9
|
9
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(4)
|
(4)
|
(0.0)%
|
Credit cards
|
2,248
|
25
|
2,273
|
|
14
|
5
|
16
|
35
|
|
16
|
16
|
|
(9)
|
(26)
|
(35)
|
|
(5)
|
(5)
|
(4)
|
(14)
|
|
(19)
|
(19)
|
(2.9)%
|
Others
|
10,976
|
15
|
10,991
|
|
267
|
2
|
3
|
272
|
|
287
|
287
|
|
(20)
|
-
|
(20)
|
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
(2)
|
(4)
|
|
(242)
|
(242)
|
(2.3)%
|
Korea
|
18,062
|
220
|
18,282
|
|
378
|
9
|
22
|
409
|
|
112
|
112
|
|
(22)
|
(1)
|
(23)
|
|
(28)
|
(4)
|
(1)
|
(33)
|
|
(33)
|
(33)
|
(0.5)%
|
Mortgages
|
13,198
|
171
|
13,369
|
|
250
|
8
|
17
|
275
|
|
62
|
62
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(2)
|
(2)
|
(0.0)%
|
Credit cards
|
36
|
1
|
37
|
|
1
|
-
|
-
|
1
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
(1)
|
-
|
(1)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
(2.6)%
|
Others
|
4,828
|
48
|
4,876
|
|
127
|
1
|
5
|
133
|
|
50
|
50
|
|
(21)
|
(1)
|
(22)
|
|
(28)
|
(4)
|
(1)
|
(33)
|
|
(31)
|
(31)
|
(1.7)%
|
Rest of World
|
26,085
|
4,998
|
31,083
|
|
338
|
76
|
241
|
655
|
|
977
|
977
|
|
(239)
|
(13)
|
(252)
|
|
(39)
|
(5)
|
(18)
|
(62)
|
|
(403)
|
(403)
|
(2.2)%
|
Mortgages
|
15,079
|
2,007
|
17,086
|
|
136
|
43
|
141
|
320
|
|
459
|
459
|
|
(4)
|
(2)
|
(6)
|
|
-
|
-
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
|
(124)
|
(124)
|
(0.7)%
|
Credit cards
|
1,148
|
351
|
1,499
|
|
29
|
12
|
19
|
60
|
|
40
|
40
|
|
(33)
|
(1)
|
(34)
|
|
(21)
|
-
|
(1)
|
(22)
|
|
(27)
|
(27)
|
(5.2)%
|
Others
|
9,858
|
2,640
|
12,498
|
|
173
|
21
|
81
|
275
|
|
478
|
478
|
|
(202)
|
(10)
|
(212)
|
|
(18)
|
(5)
|
(16)
|
(39)
|
|
(252)
|
(252)
|
(3.8)%
|
Total
|
112,808
|
5,590
|
118,398
|
|
1,445
|
171
|
337
|
1,953
|
|
1,629
|
1,629
|
|
(349)
|
(54)
|
(403)
|
|
(106)
|
(35)
|
(29)
|
(170)
|
|
(770)
|
(770)
|
(1.1)%
|
Page
28
|
Wealth & Retail Banking and
Ventures1
|
2023
|
Gross
|
|
Credit Impairment
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
Total Coverage %
|
Strong $million
|
Satis-factory $million
|
Total $million
|
Strong $million
|
Satis-factory $million
|
Higher Risk $million
|
Total $million
|
Impaired
$million
|
Total $million
|
Strong $million
|
Satis-factory $million
|
Total $million
|
Strong $million
|
Satis-factory $million
|
Higher Risk $million
|
Total $million
|
Impaired $million
|
Total $million
|
Hong Kong
|
42,930
|
242
|
43,172
|
|
514
|
74
|
51
|
639
|
|
174
|
174
|
|
(24)
|
(34)
|
(58)
|
|
(28)
|
(13)
|
(12)
|
(53)
|
|
(49)
|
(49)
|
(0.4)%
|
Mortgages
|
32,376
|
152
|
32,528
|
|
282
|
53
|
13
|
348
|
|
63
|
63
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(1)
|
-
|
-
|
(1)
|
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
(0.0)%
|
Credit cards
|
4,045
|
44
|
4,089
|
|
80
|
17
|
24
|
121
|
|
18
|
18
|
|
(9)
|
(33)
|
(42)
|
|
(19)
|
(12)
|
(8)
|
(39)
|
|
(18)
|
(18)
|
(2.3)%
|
Others
|
6,509
|
46
|
6,555
|
|
152
|
4
|
14
|
170
|
|
93
|
93
|
|
(15)
|
(1)
|
(16)
|
|
(8)
|
(1)
|
(4)
|
(13)
|
|
(30)
|
(30)
|
(0.9)%
|
Singapore
|
26,644
|
68
|
26,712
|
|
379
|
41
|
34
|
454
|
|
282
|
282
|
|
(15)
|
(18)
|
(33)
|
|
(2)
|
(5)
|
(4)
|
(11)
|
|
(247)
|
(247)
|
(1.1)%
|
Mortgages
|
14,993
|
16
|
15,009
|
|
230
|
34
|
11
|
275
|
|
13
|
13
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(4)
|
(4)
|
(0.0)%
|
Credit cards
|
1,916
|
25
|
1,941
|
|
11
|
5
|
16
|
32
|
|
10
|
10
|
|
(7)
|
(17)
|
(24)
|
|
-
|
(5)
|
(3)
|
(8)
|
|
(16)
|
(16)
|
(2.4)%
|
Others
|
9,735
|
27
|
9,762
|
|
138
|
2
|
7
|
147
|
|
259
|
259
|
|
(8)
|
(1)
|
(9)
|
|
(2)
|
-
|
(1)
|
(3)
|
|
(227)
|
(227)
|
(2.4)%
|
Korea
|
22,966
|
211
|
23,177
|
|
462
|
20
|
9
|
491
|
|
93
|
93
|
|
(40)
|
-
|
(40)
|
|
(18)
|
-
|
-
|
(18)
|
|
(19)
|
(19)
|
(0.3)%
|
Mortgages
|
16,535
|
164
|
16,699
|
|
364
|
18
|
8
|
390
|
|
69
|
69
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
(0.0)%
|
Credit cards
|
113
|
2
|
115
|
|
3
|
-
|
-
|
3
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
(4)
|
-
|
(4)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
(3.4)%
|
Others
|
6,318
|
45
|
6,363
|
|
95
|
2
|
1
|
98
|
|
24
|
24
|
|
(36)
|
-
|
(36)
|
|
(18)
|
-
|
-
|
(18)
|
|
(19)
|
(19)
|
(1.1)%
|
Rest of World
|
26,653
|
4,787
|
31,440
|
|
440
|
79
|
256
|
775
|
|
947
|
947
|
|
(169)
|
(29)
|
(198)
|
|
(31)
|
(7)
|
(42)
|
(80)
|
|
(457)
|
(457)
|
(2.2)%
|
Mortgages
|
14,678
|
2,297
|
16,975
|
|
156
|
48
|
134
|
338
|
|
375
|
375
|
|
(5)
|
(2)
|
(7)
|
|
(2)
|
-
|
(1)
|
(3)
|
|
(118)
|
(118)
|
(0.7)%
|
Credit cards
|
1,419
|
68
|
1,487
|
|
73
|
1
|
15
|
89
|
|
40
|
40
|
|
(26)
|
(9)
|
(35)
|
|
(7)
|
-
|
(10)
|
(17)
|
|
(16)
|
(16)
|
(4.2)%
|
Others
|
10,556
|
2,422
|
12,978
|
|
211
|
29
|
107
|
347
|
|
532
|
532
|
|
(138)
|
(18)
|
(156)
|
|
(22)
|
(7)
|
(31)
|
(60)
|
|
(323)
|
(323)
|
(3.9)%
|
Total
|
119,193
|
5,308
|
124,501
|
|
1,795
|
213
|
350
|
2,358
|
|
1,496
|
1,496
|
|
(248)
|
(81)
|
(329)
|
|
(79)
|
(25)
|
(58)
|
(162)
|
|
(772)
|
(772)
|
(1.0)%
|
1 Amounts have been re-presented
from a regional basis (Asia, Africa and Middle East, and Europe and
Americas) to key geographies covering the majority of the reported
balances.
Undrawn commitment and financial guarantees -
by client segment credit quality
Amortised cost
|
Wealth & Retail Banking and
Ventures
|
2024
|
Notional
|
|
ECL
|
Stage 1
$million
|
Stage 2
$million
|
Stage 3
$million
|
Total
$million
|
Stage 1
$million
|
Stage 2
$million
|
Stage 3
$million
|
Total
$million
|
Strong
|
70,595
|
100
|
-
|
70,695
|
|
(15)
|
(3)
|
-
|
(18)
|
Satisfactory
|
850
|
11
|
-
|
861
|
|
(5)
|
(1)
|
-
|
(6)
|
Higher risk
|
-
|
21
|
-
|
21
|
|
-
|
(3)
|
-
|
(3)
|
Impaired
|
-
|
-
|
8
|
8
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Total
|
71,445
|
132
|
8
|
71,585
|
|
(20)
|
(7)
|
-
|
(27)
|
Amortised cost
|
2023
|
Notional
|
|
ECL
|
Stage 1
$million
|
Stage 2
$million
|
Stage 3
$million
|
Total
$million
|
Stage 1
$million
|
Stage 2
$million
|
Stage 3
$million
|
Total
$million
|
Strong
|
73,819
|
160
|
-
|
73,980
|
|
(15)
|
(3)
|
-
|
(18)
|
Satisfactory
|
889
|
18
|
-
|
907
|
|
(5)
|
(1)
|
-
|
(6)
|
Higher risk
|
-
|
33
|
-
|
33
|
|
-
|
(3)
|
-
|
(3)
|
Impaired
|
-
|
-
|
3
|
3
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Total
|
74,708
|
211
|
3
|
74,922
|
|
(20)
|
(7)
|
-
|
(27)
|
Movement in gross exposures and credit
impairment for loans and advances, debt securities, undrawn
commitments and financial guarantees (audited)
The tables overleaf set out the movement in
gross exposures and credit impairment by stage in respect of
amortised cost loans to banks and customers, undrawn commitments,
financial guarantees and debt securities classified at amortised
cost and FVOCI. The tables are presented for the Group and
separately for CIB and WRB (which also includes a separate
presentation for secured and unsecured exposures).
Methodology
The movement lines within the tables are an
aggregation of monthly movements over the year and will therefore
reflect the accumulation of multiple trades during the year. The
credit impairment charge in the income statement comprises the
amounts within the boxes in the table below, less recoveries of
amounts previously written off. Discount unwind is reported in net
interest income and related to stage 3 financial instruments
only.
The approach for determining the key line items
in the tables is set out below.
• Transfers - transfers between stages are deemed
to occur at the beginning of a month based on prior month closing
balances.
Page
29
• Net
remeasurement from stage changes - the remeasurement
of credit impairment provisions arising from a change in stage is
reported within the stage that the assets are transferred to. For
example, assets transferred into stage 2 are remeasured from a
12-month to a lifetime ECL, with the effect of remeasurement
reported in stage 2. For stage 3, this represents the initial
remeasurement from specific provisions recognised on individual
assets transferred into stage 3 in the year.
• Net
changes in exposures - new business written less
repayments in the year. Within stage 1, new business written will
attract up to 12 months of ECL charges. Repayments of
non-amortising loans (primarily within CIB) will have low amounts
of ECL provisions attributed to them, due to the release of
provisions over the term to maturity. In stages 2 and 3, the net
change in exposures reflect repayments although stage 2 may include
new facilities where clients are on non-purely precautionary early
alert, are CG 12, or when non-investment grade debt securities are
acquired.
• Changes in
risk parameters - for stages 1 and 2, this reflects
changes in the probability of default (PD), loss given default
(LGD) and exposure at default (EAD) of assets during the year,
which includes the impact of releasing provisions over the term to
maturity. It also includes the effect of changes in forecasts of
macroeconomic variables during the year. In stage 3, this line
represents additional specific provisions recognised on exposures
held within stage 3.
• Interest
due but not paid - change in contractual amount of
interest due in stage 3 financial instruments but not paid, being
the net of accruals, repayments and write-offs, together with the
corresponding change in credit impairment.
Changes to ECL models, which incorporate changes
to model approaches and methodologies, are not reported as a
separate line item as these have an impact over a number of lines
and stages.
Movements during the year
Stage 1 gross exposures decreased by $3.2
billion to $721 billion (31 December 2023: $724 billion). CIB
exposure increased by $30 billion to $367 billion (31 December
2023: $337 billion), due to an increase in exposures in financial
guarantees in the Energy, Financing, Insurance and Transport
sectors. WRB decreased by $11.4 billion to $180 billion (31
December 2023: $191 billion), largely driven by fewer mortgages in
Korea, Singapore and Hong Kong, as well as off-balance sheet
commitments. Debt securities decreased by $16.5 billion, largely in
the Central and other items segment which had also seen a $6.3
billion reduction in loan balances.
Total stage 1 provisions increased by $56
million to $582 million (31 December 2023: $526 million). CIB
provisions decreased by $18 million to $133 million (31
December 2023: $151 million), due to a release in the China CRE
overlay which was driven by repayments and portfolio movements.
This was partly offset by new overlays of $27 million, primarily in
Bangladesh. WRB provisions increased by $67 million to $392 million
(31 December 2023: $325 million), due to delinquencies in the
personal loans and unsecured lending portfolio.
Stage 2 gross exposures decreased by $4 billion
to $19 billion (31 December 2023: $22 billion), primarily driven by
a net reduction in CIB exposures from off-balance sheet
instruments. WRB exposures decreased by $0.4 billion to $2 billion
(31 December 2023: $2.5 billion), mainly due to the mortgage
portfolio.
Stage 2 provisions increased by $20 million to
$537 million (31 December 2023: $517 million). CIB provisions
increased by $44 million to $362 million (31 December 2023:
$318 million), due to $76 million new overlays, largely in Hong
Kong, and portfolio movements. This was offset by China CRE overlay
releases, which were driven by repayments. WRB provisions increased
by $11 million to $151 million (31 December 2023: $140
million) mainly driven by the overlay in Korea due to the
settlement failure of two e-commerce platforms. Debt securities
primarily held in the Central and other items segment decreased by
$31 million, due to sovereign upgrades.
The impact of model and methodology updates in
2024 reduced modelled provisions by $15 million across stages 1, 2
and 3 in WRB.
Stage 3 gross exposures for CIB decreased by
$1.1 billion to $5.2 billion (31 December 2023: $6.3 billion) due
to repayments and write-offs. CIB provisions decreased by $0.3
billion to $3.3 billion (31 December 2023: $3.7 billion), due to
releases from repayments and write-offs. WRB stage 3 loans remained
broadly stable at $1.6 billion (31 December 2023: $1.5 billion) and
provisions also remained stable at $0.8 billion (31 December 2023:
$0.8 billion). The amount of stage 3 exposures written off during
the year that remain subject to enforcement activity is $1.2
billion (31 December 2023: $1 billion).
Page
30
All segments (audited)
Amortised cost and FVOCI
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3⁵
|
|
Total
|
Gross balance3
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net
$million
|
Gross balance3
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net
$million
|
Gross balance3
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net
$million
|
Gross balance3
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net
$million
|
As at 1 January 2023
|
720,112
|
(645)
|
719,467
|
|
27,479
|
(618)
|
26,861
|
|
8,841
|
(4,724)
|
4,117
|
|
756,432
|
(5,987)
|
750,445
|
Transfers to stage 1
|
19,594
|
(661)
|
18,933
|
|
(19,583)
|
661
|
(18,922)
|
|
(11)
|
-
|
(11)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Transfers to stage 2
|
(42,628)
|
174
|
(42,454)
|
|
42,793
|
(182)
|
42,611
|
|
(165)
|
8
|
(157)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Transfers to stage 3
|
(96)
|
6
|
(90)
|
|
(2,329)
|
326
|
(2,003)
|
|
2,425
|
(332)
|
2,093
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Net change in exposures
|
23,717
|
(185)
|
23,532
|
|
(22,727)
|
22
|
(22,705)
|
|
(1,708)
|
624
|
(1,084)
|
|
(718)
|
461
|
(257)
|
Net remeasurement from stage changes
|
-
|
52
|
52
|
|
-
|
(199)
|
(199)
|
|
-
|
(163)
|
(163)
|
|
-
|
(310)
|
(310)
|
Changes in risk parameters
|
-
|
202
|
202
|
|
-
|
(32)
|
(32)
|
|
-
|
(1,100)
|
(1,100)
|
|
-
|
(930)
|
(930)
|
Write-offs
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(1,027)
|
1,027
|
-
|
|
(1,027)
|
1,027
|
-
|
Interest due but unpaid
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(83)
|
83
|
-
|
|
(83)
|
83
|
-
|
Discount unwind
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
180
|
180
|
|
-
|
180
|
180
|
Exchange translation differences and other
movements¹
|
3,177
|
531
|
3,708
|
|
(3,365)
|
(495)
|
(3,860)
|
|
(128)
|
(102)
|
(230)
|
|
(316)
|
(66)
|
(382)
|
As at 31 December 2023²
|
723,876
|
(526)
|
723,350
|
|
22,268
|
(517)
|
21,751
|
|
8,144
|
(4,499)
|
3,645
|
|
754,288
|
(5,542)
|
748,746
|
Income statement ECL
(charge)/release
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
(209)
|
|
|
|
(639)
|
|
|
|
(779)
|
|
Recoveries of amounts previously written
off
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
271
|
|
|
|
271
|
|
Total credit impairment
(charge)/release
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
(209)
|
|
|
|
(368)
|
|
|
|
(508)
|
|
As at 1 January 2024
|
723,876
|
(526)
|
723,350
|
|
22,268
|
(517)
|
21,751
|
|
8,144
|
(4,499)
|
3,645
|
|
754,288
|
(5,542)
|
748,746
|
Transfers to stage 1
|
16,433
|
(543)
|
15,890
|
|
(16,423)
|
543
|
(15,880)
|
|
(10)
|
-
|
(10)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Transfers to stage 2
|
(33,301)
|
128
|
(33,173)
|
|
33,770
|
(153)
|
33,617
|
|
(469)
|
25
|
(444)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Transfers to stage 3
|
(1,631)
|
63
|
(1,568)
|
|
(146)
|
168
|
22
|
|
1,777
|
(231)
|
1,546
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Net change in exposures
|
29,928
|
(173)
|
29,755
|
|
(18,435)
|
80
|
(18,355)
|
|
(1,383)
|
622
|
(761)
|
|
10,110
|
529
|
10,639
|
Net remeasurement from stage changes
|
-
|
61
|
61
|
|
-
|
(185)
|
(185)
|
|
-
|
(203)
|
(203)
|
|
-
|
(327)
|
(327)
|
Changes in risk parameters
|
-
|
84
|
84
|
|
-
|
(242)
|
(242)
|
|
-
|
(873)
|
(873)
|
|
-
|
(1,031)
|
(1,031)
|
Derecognised
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Write-offs
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(1,260)
|
1,260
|
-
|
|
(1,260)
|
1,260
|
-
|
Interest due but unpaid
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
53
|
(53)
|
-
|
|
53
|
(53)
|
-
|
Discount unwind
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
135
|
135
|
|
-
|
135
|
135
|
Exchange translation differences and other
movements¹
|
(14,626)
|
324
|
(14,302)
|
|
(2,427)
|
(231)
|
(2,658)
|
|
147
|
(268)
|
(121)
|
|
(16,906)
|
(175)
|
(17,081)
|
As at 31 December 2024²
|
720,679
|
(582)
|
720,097
|
|
18,607
|
(537)
|
18,070
|
|
6,999
|
(4,085)
|
2,914
|
|
746,285
|
(5,204)
|
741,081
|
Income statement ECL
(charge)/release⁶
|
|
(28)
|
|
|
|
(347)
|
|
|
|
(454)
|
|
|
|
(829)
|
|
Recoveries of amounts previously written
off
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
279
|
|
|
|
279
|
|
Total credit impairment
(charge)/release4
|
|
(28)
|
|
|
|
(347)
|
|
|
|
(175)
|
|
|
|
(550)
|
|
1 Includes fair value
adjustments and amortisation on debt securities
2 Excludes Cash and
balances at central banks, Accrued income, Assets held for sale and
Other assets gross balances of $101,755 million (31 December 2023:
$111,478 million) and Total credit impairment of $63 million
(31 December 2023: $59 million)
3 The gross balance
includes the notional amount of off balance sheet
instruments
4 Reported
basis
5 Stage 3 gross
includes $59 million (31 December 2023: $80 million) originated
credit-impaired debt securities with impairment of $Nil million (31
December 2023: $14 million)
6 Does not include
release relating to Other assets of $3 million (31 December 2023:
Nil)
Page
31
Corporate & Investment Banking
(audited)
Amortised cost and FVOCI
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
|
Total
|
Gross balance1
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net
$million
|
Gross balance1
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net
$million
|
Gross balance1
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net
$million
|
Gross balance1
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net
$million
|
As at 1 January 2023
|
315,437
|
(194)
|
315,243
|
|
20,148
|
(411)
|
19,737
|
|
6,994
|
(3,822)
|
3,172
|
|
342,579
|
(4,427)
|
338,152
|
Transfers to stage 1
|
14,948
|
(347)
|
14,601
|
|
(14,948)
|
347
|
(14,601)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Transfers to stage 2
|
(34,133)
|
80
|
(34,053)
|
|
34,175
|
(88)
|
34,087
|
|
(42)
|
8
|
(34)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Transfers to stage 3
|
(17)
|
-
|
(17)
|
|
(1,270)
|
141
|
(1,129)
|
|
1,287
|
(141)
|
1,146
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Net change in exposures
|
41,314
|
(73)
|
41,241
|
|
(20,084)
|
89
|
(19,995)
|
|
(1,335)
|
623
|
(712)
|
|
19,895
|
639
|
20,534
|
Net remeasurement from stage changes
|
-
|
15
|
15
|
|
-
|
(45)
|
(45)
|
|
-
|
(82)
|
(82)
|
|
-
|
(112)
|
(112)
|
Changes in risk parameters
|
-
|
60
|
60
|
|
-
|
(68)
|
(68)
|
|
-
|
(668)
|
(668)
|
|
-
|
(676)
|
(676)
|
Write-offs
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(340)
|
340
|
-
|
|
(340)
|
340
|
-
|
Interest due but unpaid
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(120)
|
120
|
-
|
|
(120)
|
120
|
-
|
Discount unwind
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
155
|
155
|
|
-
|
155
|
155
|
Exchange translation differences and other
movements
|
(360)
|
308
|
(52)
|
|
(1,148)
|
(283)
|
(1,431)
|
|
(188)
|
(184)
|
(372)
|
|
(1,696)
|
(159)
|
(1,855)
|
As at 31 December 2023
|
337,189
|
(151)
|
337,038
|
|
16,873
|
(318)
|
16,555
|
|
6,256
|
(3,651)
|
2,605
|
|
360,318
|
(4,120)
|
356,198
|
Income statement ECL
(charge)/release
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(24)
|
|
|
|
(127)
|
|
|
|
(149)
|
|
Recoveries of amounts previously written
off
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Total credit impairment
(charge)/release
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(24)
|
|
|
|
(96)
|
|
|
|
(118)
|
|
As at 1 January 2024
|
337,189
|
(151)
|
337,038
|
|
16,873
|
(318)
|
16,555
|
|
6,256
|
(3,651)
|
2,605
|
|
360,318
|
(4,120)
|
356,198
|
Transfers to stage 1
|
10,390
|
(245)
|
10,145
|
|
(10,390)
|
245
|
(10,145)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Transfers to stage 2
|
(25,698)
|
47
|
(25,651)
|
|
25,810
|
(58)
|
25,752
|
|
(112)
|
11
|
(101)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Transfers to stage 3
|
(186)
|
(4)
|
(190)
|
|
(186)
|
22
|
(164)
|
|
372
|
(18)
|
354
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Net change in exposures
|
50,866
|
(50)
|
50,816
|
|
(16,508)
|
88
|
(16,420)
|
|
(1,063)
|
607
|
(456)
|
|
33,295
|
645
|
33,940
|
Net remeasurement from stage changes
|
-
|
16
|
16
|
|
(4)
|
(36)
|
(40)
|
|
-
|
(100)
|
(100)
|
|
(4)
|
(120)
|
(124)
|
Changes in risk parameters
|
-
|
29
|
29
|
|
-
|
(129)
|
(129)
|
|
-
|
(336)
|
(336)
|
|
-
|
(436)
|
(436)
|
Derecognised
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Write-offs
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(321)
|
321
|
-
|
|
(321)
|
321
|
-
|
Interest due but unpaid
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
25
|
(25)
|
-
|
|
25
|
(25)
|
-
|
Discount unwind
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
104
|
104
|
|
-
|
104
|
104
|
Exchange translation differences and other
movements
|
(5,455)
|
225
|
(5,230)
|
|
(726)
|
(176)
|
(902)
|
|
13
|
(225)
|
(212)
|
|
(6,168)
|
(176)
|
(6,344)
|
As at 31 December 2024
|
367,106
|
(133)
|
366,973
|
|
14,869
|
(362)
|
14,507
|
|
5,170
|
(3,312)
|
1,858
|
|
387,145
|
(3,807)
|
383,338
|
Income statement ECL
(charge)/release
|
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
(77)
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
Recoveries of amounts previously written
off
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
Total credit impairment
(charge)/release
|
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
(77)
|
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
1 The gross balance
includes the notional amount of off balance sheet
instruments
Page
32
Wealth & Retail Banking
(audited)
Amortised cost and FVOCI
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
|
Total
|
Gross balance1
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net
$million
|
Gross balance1
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net
$million
|
Gross balance1
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net
$million
|
Gross balance1
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net
$million
|
As at 1 January 2023
|
193,239
|
(413)
|
192,826
|
|
1,821
|
(118)
|
1,703
|
|
1,454
|
(776)
|
678
|
|
196,514
|
(1,307)
|
195,207
|
Transfers to stage 1
|
4,265
|
(246)
|
4,019
|
|
(4,254)
|
246
|
(4,008)
|
|
(11)
|
-
|
(11)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Transfers to stage 2
|
(7,544)
|
73
|
(7,471)
|
|
7,667
|
(73)
|
7,594
|
|
(123)
|
-
|
(123)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Transfers to stage 3
|
(64)
|
1
|
(63)
|
|
(1,049)
|
187
|
(862)
|
|
1,113
|
(188)
|
925
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Net change in exposures
|
1,965
|
(78)
|
1,887
|
|
(1,713)
|
14
|
(1,699)
|
|
(395)
|
-
|
(395)
|
|
(143)
|
(64)
|
(207)
|
Net remeasurement from stage changes
|
-
|
31
|
31
|
|
-
|
(137)
|
(137)
|
|
-
|
(38)
|
(38)
|
|
-
|
(144)
|
(144)
|
Changes in risk parameters
|
-
|
110
|
110
|
|
-
|
(69)
|
(69)
|
|
-
|
(426)
|
(426)
|
|
-
|
(385)
|
(385)
|
Write-offs
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(649)
|
649
|
-
|
|
(649)
|
649
|
-
|
Interest due but unpaid
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
37
|
(37)
|
-
|
|
37
|
(37)
|
-
|
Discount unwind
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
24
|
24
|
|
-
|
24
|
24
|
Exchange translation differences and other
movements
|
(862)
|
197
|
(665)
|
|
-
|
(190)
|
(190)
|
|
59
|
33
|
92
|
|
(803)
|
40
|
(763)
|
As at 31 December 2023
|
190,999
|
(325)
|
190,674
|
|
2,472
|
(140)
|
2,332
|
|
1,485
|
(759)
|
726
|
|
194,956
|
(1,224)
|
193,732
|
Income statement ECL
(charge)/release
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
(192)
|
|
|
|
(464)
|
|
|
|
(593)
|
|
Recoveries of amounts previously written
off
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
239
|
|
|
|
239
|
|
Total credit impairment
(charge)/release
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
(192)
|
|
|
|
(225)
|
|
|
|
(354)
|
|
As at 1 January 2024
|
190,999
|
(325)
|
190,674
|
|
2,472
|
(140)
|
2,332
|
|
1,485
|
(759)
|
726
|
|
194,956
|
(1,224)
|
193,732
|
Transfers to stage 1
|
5,126
|
(288)
|
4,838
|
|
(5,116)
|
288
|
(4,828)
|
|
(10)
|
-
|
(10)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Transfers to stage 2
|
(7,393)
|
80
|
(7,313)
|
|
7,525
|
(80)
|
7,445
|
|
(132)
|
-
|
(132)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Transfers to stage 3
|
(98)
|
1
|
(97)
|
|
(1,254)
|
211
|
(1,043)
|
|
1,352
|
(212)
|
1,140
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Net change in exposures
|
(3,926)
|
(89)
|
(4,015)
|
|
(1,505)
|
21
|
(1,484)
|
|
(431)
|
-
|
(431)
|
|
(5,862)
|
(68)
|
(5,930)
|
Net remeasurement from stage changes
|
-
|
29
|
29
|
|
-
|
(144)
|
(144)
|
|
-
|
(44)
|
(44)
|
|
-
|
(159)
|
(159)
|
Changes in risk parameters
|
-
|
19
|
19
|
|
-
|
(152)
|
(152)
|
|
-
|
(537)
|
(537)
|
|
-
|
(670)
|
(670)
|
Write-offs
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(808)
|
808
|
-
|
|
(808)
|
808
|
-
|
Interest due but unpaid
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
28
|
(28)
|
-
|
|
28
|
(28)
|
-
|
Discount unwind
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
30
|
30
|
|
-
|
30
|
30
|
Exchange translation differences and other
movements
|
(5,128)
|
181
|
(4,947)
|
|
(92)
|
(155)
|
(247)
|
|
139
|
(16)
|
123
|
|
(5,081)
|
10
|
(5,071)
|
As at 31 December 2024
|
179,580
|
(392)
|
179,188
|
|
2,030
|
(151)
|
1,879
|
|
1,623
|
(758)
|
865
|
|
183,233
|
(1,301)
|
181,932
|
Income statement ECL
(charge)/release
|
|
(41)
|
|
|
|
(275)
|
|
|
|
(581)
|
|
|
|
(897)
|
|
Recoveries of amounts previously written
off
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
Total credit impairment
(charge)/release
|
|
(41)
|
|
|
|
(275)
|
|
|
|
(328)
|
|
|
|
(644)
|
|
1 The gross balance
includes the notional amount of off-balance sheet
instruments
Page
33
Wealth & Retail Banking - Secured
(audited)
Amortised cost and FVOCI
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
|
Total
|
Gross balance1 $million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net
$million
|
Gross balance1 $million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net
$million
|
Gross balance1 $million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net
$million
|
Gross balance1 $million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net
$million
|
As at 1 January 2023
|
135,362
|
(60)
|
135,302
|
|
1,413
|
(17)
|
1,396
|
|
1,028
|
(552)
|
476
|
|
137,803
|
(629)
|
137,174
|
Transfers to stage 1
|
3,311
|
(20)
|
3,291
|
|
(3,302)
|
20
|
(3,282)
|
|
(9)
|
-
|
(9)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Transfers to stage 2
|
(5,340)
|
11
|
(5,329)
|
|
5,436
|
(9)
|
5,427
|
|
(96)
|
(2)
|
(98)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Transfers to stage 3
|
(28)
|
1
|
(27)
|
|
(463)
|
1
|
(462)
|
|
491
|
(2)
|
489
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Net change in exposures
|
(3,138)
|
(16)
|
(3,154)
|
|
(1,250)
|
3
|
(1,247)
|
|
(216)
|
-
|
(216)
|
|
(4,604)
|
(13)
|
(4,617)
|
Net remeasurement from stage changes
|
-
|
4
|
4
|
|
-
|
(16)
|
(16)
|
|
-
|
(3)
|
(3)
|
|
-
|
(15)
|
(15)
|
Changes in risk parameters
|
-
|
22
|
22
|
|
-
|
24
|
24
|
|
-
|
(110)
|
(110)
|
|
-
|
(64)
|
(64)
|
Write-offs
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(109)
|
109
|
-
|
|
(109)
|
109
|
-
|
Interest due but unpaid
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(3)
|
3
|
-
|
|
(3)
|
3
|
-
|
Discount unwind
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
12
|
12
|
|
-
|
12
|
12
|
Exchange translation differences and other
movements
|
(369)
|
25
|
(344)
|
|
(7)
|
(22)
|
(29)
|
|
(24)
|
20
|
(4)
|
|
(400)
|
23
|
(377)
|
As at 31 December 2023
|
129,798
|
(33)
|
129,765
|
|
1,827
|
(16)
|
1,811
|
|
1,062
|
(525)
|
537
|
|
132,687
|
(574)
|
132,113
|
Income statement ECL
(charge)/release
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
(113)
|
|
|
|
(92)
|
|
Recoveries of amounts previously written
off
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
Total credit impairment
(charge)/release
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
(45)
|
|
|
|
(24)
|
|
As at 1 January 2024
|
129,798
|
(33)
|
129,765
|
|
1,827
|
(16)
|
1,811
|
|
1,062
|
(525)
|
537
|
|
132,687
|
(574)
|
132,113
|
Transfers to stage 1
|
3,839
|
(23)
|
3,816
|
|
(3,836)
|
23
|
(3,813)
|
|
(3)
|
-
|
(3)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Transfers to stage 2
|
(4,952)
|
13
|
(4,939)
|
|
5,054
|
(13)
|
5,041
|
|
(102)
|
-
|
(102)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Transfers to stage 3
|
(43)
|
-
|
(43)
|
|
(566)
|
19
|
(547)
|
|
609
|
(19)
|
590
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Net change in exposures
|
2,570
|
(11)
|
2,559
|
|
(917)
|
8
|
(909)
|
|
(268)
|
-
|
(268)
|
|
1,385
|
(3)
|
1,382
|
Net remeasurement from stage changes
|
-
|
6
|
6
|
|
-
|
(15)
|
(15)
|
|
-
|
(7)
|
(7)
|
|
-
|
(16)
|
(16)
|
Changes in risk parameters
|
-
|
(6)
|
(6)
|
|
-
|
(6)
|
(6)
|
|
-
|
(129)
|
(129)
|
|
-
|
(141)
|
(141)
|
Write-offs
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(114)
|
114
|
-
|
|
(114)
|
114
|
-
|
Interest due but unpaid
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
53
|
(53)
|
-
|
|
53
|
(53)
|
-
|
Discount unwind
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
16
|
16
|
|
-
|
16
|
16
|
Exchange translation differences and other
movements
|
(4,496)
|
6
|
(4,490)
|
|
(57)
|
(31)
|
(88)
|
|
(33)
|
47
|
14
|
|
(4,586)
|
22
|
(4,564)
|
As at 31 December 2024
|
126,716
|
(48)
|
126,668
|
|
1,505
|
(31)
|
1,474
|
|
1,204
|
(556)
|
648
|
|
129,425
|
(635)
|
128,790
|
Income statement ECL
(charge)/release
|
|
(11)
|
|
|
|
(13)
|
|
|
|
(136)
|
|
|
|
(160)
|
|
Recoveries of amounts previously written
off
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
Total credit impairment
(charge)/release
|
|
(11)
|
|
|
|
(13)
|
|
|
|
(56)
|
|
|
|
(80)
|
|
1 The gross balance
includes the notional amount of off balance sheet
instruments
Page
34
Wealth & Retail Banking - Unsecured
(audited)
Retail Banking
Amortised cost nd FVOCI
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
|
Total
|
Gross balance1
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net
$million
|
Gross balance1
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net
$million
|
Gross balance1
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net
$million
|
Gross balance1
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net
$million
|
As at 1 January 2023
|
57,877
|
(353)
|
57,524
|
|
408
|
(101)
|
307
|
|
426
|
(224)
|
202
|
|
58,711
|
(678)
|
58,033
|
Transfers to stage 1
|
954
|
(226)
|
728
|
|
(952)
|
226
|
(726)
|
|
(2)
|
-
|
(2)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Transfers to stage 2
|
(2,204)
|
62
|
(2,142)
|
|
2,231
|
(64)
|
2,167
|
|
(27)
|
2
|
(25)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Transfers to stage 3
|
(36)
|
-
|
(36)
|
|
(586)
|
186
|
(400)
|
|
622
|
(186)
|
436
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Net change in exposures
|
5,103
|
(62)
|
5,041
|
|
(463)
|
11
|
(452)
|
|
(179)
|
-
|
(179)
|
|
4,461
|
(51)
|
4,410
|
Net remeasurement from stage changes
|
-
|
27
|
27
|
|
-
|
(121)
|
(121)
|
|
-
|
(35)
|
(35)
|
|
-
|
(129)
|
(129)
|
Changes in risk parameters
|
-
|
88
|
88
|
|
-
|
(93)
|
(93)
|
|
-
|
(316)
|
(316)
|
|
-
|
(321)
|
(321)
|
Write-offs
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(540)
|
540
|
-
|
|
(540)
|
540
|
-
|
Interest due but unpaid
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
40
|
(40)
|
-
|
|
40
|
(40)
|
-
|
Discount unwind
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
12
|
12
|
|
-
|
12
|
12
|
Exchange translation differences and other
movements
|
(493)
|
172
|
(321)
|
|
7
|
(168)
|
(161)
|
|
83
|
13
|
96
|
|
(403)
|
17
|
(386)
|
As at 31 December 2023
|
61,201
|
(292)
|
60,909
|
|
645
|
(124)
|
521
|
|
423
|
(234)
|
189
|
|
62,269
|
(650)
|
61,619
|
Income statement ECL
(charge)/release
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
(203)
|
|
|
|
(351)
|
|
|
|
(501)
|
|
Recoveries of amounts previously written
off
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
Total credit impairment
(charge)/release
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
(203)
|
|
|
|
(180)
|
|
|
|
(330)
|
|
As at 1 January 2024
|
61,201
|
(292)
|
60,909
|
|
645
|
(124)
|
521
|
|
423
|
(234)
|
189
|
|
62,269
|
(650)
|
61,619
|
Transfers to stage 1
|
1,287
|
(265)
|
1,022
|
|
(1,280)
|
265
|
(1,015)
|
|
(7)
|
-
|
(7)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Transfers to stage 2
|
(2,441)
|
67
|
(2,374)
|
|
2,471
|
(67)
|
2,404
|
|
(30)
|
-
|
(30)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Transfers to stage 3
|
(55)
|
1
|
(54)
|
|
(688)
|
192
|
(496)
|
|
743
|
(193)
|
550
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Net change in exposures
|
(6,496)
|
(78)
|
(6,574)
|
|
(588)
|
13
|
(575)
|
|
(163)
|
-
|
(163)
|
|
(7,247)
|
(65)
|
(7,312)
|
Net remeasurement from stage changes
|
-
|
23
|
23
|
|
-
|
(129)
|
(129)
|
|
-
|
(37)
|
(37)
|
|
-
|
(143)
|
(143)
|
Changes in risk parameters
|
-
|
25
|
25
|
|
-
|
(146)
|
(146)
|
|
-
|
(408)
|
(408)
|
|
-
|
(529)
|
(529)
|
Write-offs
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(694)
|
694
|
-
|
|
(694)
|
694
|
-
|
Interest due but unpaid
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
(25)
|
25
|
-
|
|
(25)
|
25
|
-
|
Discount unwind
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
14
|
14
|
|
-
|
14
|
14
|
Exchange translation differences and other
movements
|
(632)
|
175
|
(457)
|
|
(35)
|
(124)
|
(159)
|
|
172
|
(63)
|
109
|
|
(495)
|
(12)
|
(507)
|
As at 31 December 2024
|
52,864
|
(344)
|
52,520
|
|
525
|
(120)
|
405
|
|
419
|
(202)
|
217
|
|
53,808
|
(666)
|
53,142
|
Income statement ECL
(charge)/release
|
|
(30)
|
|
|
|
(262)
|
|
|
|
(445)
|
|
|
|
(737)
|
|
Recoveries of amounts previously written
off
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
|
172
|
|
Total credit impairment
(charge)/release
|
|
(30)
|
|
|
|
(262)
|
|
|
|
(273)
|
|
|
|
(565)
|
|
1 The gross balance
includes the notional amount of off balance sheet
instruments
Page
35
Analysis of stage 2 balances
The table below analyses total stage 2 gross
on-and off-balance sheet exposures and associated expected credit
provisions by the key SICR driver that caused the exposures to be
classified as stage 2 as at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023
for each segment.
Where multiple drivers apply, the exposure is
allocated based on the table order. For example, a loan may have
breached the PD thresholds and could also be on non-purely
precautionary early alert; in this instance, the exposure is
reported under 'Increase in PD'.
|
2024
|
Corporate &
Investment Banking
|
|
Wealth &
Retail Banking
|
|
Ventures
|
|
Central & other
items1
|
|
Total
|
Gross
$million
|
ECL
$million
|
Coverage
%
|
Gross
$million
|
ECL
$million
|
Coverage
%
|
Gross
$million
|
ECL
$million
|
Coverage
%
|
Gross
$million
|
ECL
$million
|
Coverage
%
|
Gross
$million
|
ECL
$million
|
Coverage
%
|
Increase in PD
|
8,465
|
112
|
1.3%
|
|
1,366
|
104
|
7.6%
|
|
48
|
20
|
31.3%
|
|
154
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
10,033
|
236
|
2.4%
|
Non-purely precautionary early
alert
|
3,473
|
44
|
1.3%
|
|
30
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
-
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
-
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
3,503
|
44
|
1.3%
|
Higher risk (CG12)
|
686
|
24
|
3.5%
|
|
18
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
-
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
1,488
|
1
|
0.4%
|
|
2,192
|
25
|
1.1%
|
Top up/Sell down (Private
Banking)
|
-
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
254
|
1
|
0.4%
|
|
-
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
-
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
254
|
1
|
0.4%
|
Others
|
2,245
|
25
|
1.1%
|
|
150
|
5
|
3.3%
|
|
-
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
482
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
2,877
|
30
|
1.0%
|
30 days past due
|
-
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
212
|
19
|
9.0%
|
|
6
|
4
|
66.7%
|
|
-
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
218
|
23
|
10.6%
|
Management overlay
|
-
|
157
|
0.0%
|
|
-
|
22
|
0.0%
|
|
-
|
3
|
0.0%
|
|
-
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
-
|
182
|
0.0%
|
Total stage 2
|
14,869
|
362
|
2.4%
|
|
2,030
|
151
|
7.4%
|
|
54
|
27
|
40.7%
|
|
2,124
|
1
|
0.3%
|
|
19,077
|
541
|
2.8%
|
|
2023
|
Increase in PD
|
8,262
|
75
|
0.9%
|
|
1,962
|
109
|
5.6%
|
|
96
|
23
|
24.0%
|
|
599
|
13
|
2.2%
|
|
10,919
|
220
|
2.0%
|
Non-purely precautionary early
alert
|
5,136
|
26
|
0.5%
|
|
37
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
-
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
-
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
5,173
|
26
|
0.5%
|
Higher risk (CG12)
|
1,008
|
56
|
5.6%
|
|
26
|
1
|
3.8%
|
|
-
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
2,020
|
17
|
0.8%
|
|
3,054
|
74
|
2.4%
|
Top up/Sell down (Private
Banking)
|
-
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
148
|
2
|
1.4%
|
|
-
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
-
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
148
|
2
|
1.7%
|
Others
|
2,467
|
37
|
1.5%
|
|
151
|
16
|
10.6%
|
|
-
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
489
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
3,107
|
53
|
1.7%
|
30 days past due
|
-
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
148
|
12
|
8.1%
|
|
2
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
-
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
150
|
12
|
7.7%
|
Management overlay
|
-
|
124
|
0.0%
|
|
-
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
-
|
-
|
0.0%
|
|
-
|
17
|
0.0%
|
|
-
|
141
|
0.0%
|
Total stage 2
|
16,873
|
318
|
1.9%
|
|
2,472
|
140
|
5.7%
|
|
98
|
23
|
23.5%
|
|
3,108
|
47
|
1.5%
|
|
22,551
|
528
|
2.3%
|
1 Includes Gross and
ECL for Cash and balances at central banks and Assets held for
sale
Credit impairment charge (audited)
The table below analyses credit impairment
charges or releases of the ongoing business portfolio and
restructuring business portfolio for the year ended 31 December
2024.
|
2024
|
|
2023
|
Stage 1 & 2
$million
|
Stage 3
$million
|
Total
$million
|
Stage 1 & 2
$million
|
Stage 3
$million
|
Total
$million
|
Ongoing business portfolio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate & Investment Banking
|
81
|
(187)
|
(106)
|
|
11
|
112
|
123
|
Wealth & Retail Banking
|
317
|
327
|
644
|
|
129
|
225
|
354
|
Ventures
|
10
|
64
|
74
|
|
42
|
43
|
85
|
Central & other items
|
(37)
|
(18)
|
(55)
|
|
(44)
|
10
|
(34)
|
Credit impairment charge/(release)
|
371
|
186
|
557
|
|
138
|
390
|
528
|
Restructuring business portfolio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Others
|
1
|
(11)
|
(10)
|
|
1
|
(21)
|
(20)
|
Credit impairment charge/(release)
|
1
|
(11)
|
(10)
|
|
1
|
(21)
|
(20)
|
Total credit impairment
charge/(release)
|
372
|
175
|
547
|
|
139
|
369
|
508
|
Page
36
Problem credit management and provisioning
(audited)
Forborne and other modified loans by client
segment
A forborne loan arises when a concession has
been made to the contractual terms of a loan in response to a
customer's financial difficulties.
Net forborne loans decreased by $221 million to
$784 million (31 December 2023: $1 billion), mainly due to
repayments in CIB non-performing forborne loans. Net non-performing
forborne loans decreased by $235 million to $732 million (31
December 2023: $967 million), which was partly offset by a $17
million increase in CIB performing forborne loans.
Amortised cost
|
2024
|
|
2023
|
Corporate & Investment Banking
$million
|
Wealth &
Retail Banking
$million
|
Total
$million
|
Corporate & Investment Banking
$million
|
Wealth &
Retail Banking
$million
|
Total
$million
|
Gross stage 1 and 2 forborne loans
|
17
|
36
|
53
|
|
-
|
40
|
40
|
Modification of terms and
conditions1
|
17
|
36
|
53
|
|
-
|
40
|
40
|
Impairment provisions
|
-
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
|
-
|
(2)
|
(2)
|
Modification of terms and
conditions1
|
-
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
|
-
|
(2)
|
(2)
|
Net stage 1 and 2 forborne loans
|
17
|
35
|
52
|
|
-
|
38
|
38
|
Collateral
|
-
|
27
|
27
|
|
-
|
31
|
31
|
Gross stage 3 forborne loans
|
2,065
|
258
|
2,323
|
|
2,340
|
274
|
2,614
|
Modification of terms and
conditions1
|
1,824
|
258
|
2,082
|
|
2,113
|
274
|
2,387
|
Refinancing2
|
241
|
-
|
241
|
|
227
|
-
|
227
|
Impairment provisions
|
(1,481)
|
(110)
|
(1,591)
|
|
(1,529)
|
(118)
|
(1,647)
|
Modification of terms and
conditions1
|
(1,242)
|
(110)
|
(1,352)
|
|
(1,337)
|
(118)
|
(1,454)
|
Refinancing2
|
(239)
|
-
|
(239)
|
|
(192)
|
-
|
(192)
|
Net stage 3 forborne loans
|
584
|
148
|
732
|
|
811
|
156
|
967
|
Collateral
|
172
|
55
|
227
|
|
341
|
49
|
390
|
Net carrying value of forborne loans
|
601
|
183
|
784
|
|
811
|
194
|
1,005
|
1 Modification of
terms is any contractual change apart from refinancing, as a result
of credit stress of the counterparty, i.e. interest reductions,
loan covenant waivers
2 Refinancing is a new contract to
a borrower in credit stress, such that they are refinanced and can
pay other debt contracts that they were unable to honour
Forborne and other modified loans by key
geography
Net forborne loans decreased by $221 million to
$784 million (31 December 2023: $1 billion), mainly due to
non-performing forborne loans.
Amortised cost
|
2024
|
|
20233
|
Hong Kong
$million
|
Korea
$million
|
China
$million
|
Singa-pore
$million
|
UK
$million
|
US
$million
|
Other
$million
|
Total
$million
|
Hong Kong
$million
|
Korea
$million
|
China
$million
|
Singa-pore
$million
|
UK
$million
|
US
$million
|
Other
$million
|
Total
$million
|
Performing forborne loans
|
2
|
8
|
-
|
3
|
-
|
-
|
39
|
52
|
|
-
|
6
|
-
|
3
|
-
|
-
|
29
|
38
|
Stage 3 forborne loans
|
118
|
18
|
77
|
25
|
78
|
1
|
415
|
732
|
|
104
|
22
|
114
|
37
|
46
|
1
|
643
|
967
|
Net forborne loans
|
120
|
26
|
77
|
28
|
78
|
1
|
454
|
784
|
|
104
|
28
|
114
|
40
|
46
|
1
|
672
|
1,005
|
3 Amounts have been re-presented
from a regional basis (Asia, Africa and Middle East, and Europe and
Americas) to key geographies covering the majority of the reported
balances)
Credit Risk mitigation
Potential credit losses from any given account,
customer or portfolio are mitigated using a range of tools such as
collateral, netting arrangements, credit insurance and credit
derivatives, taking into account expected volatility and
guarantees.
The reliance that can be placed on these
mitigants is carefully assessed in light of issues such as legal
certainty and enforceability, market valuation correlation and
counterparty risk of the guarantor.
Page
37
Collateral (audited)
A secured loan is one where the borrower pledges
an asset as collateral of which the Group is able to take
possession in the event that the borrower defaults.
The collateral values in the table below (which
covers loans and advances to banks and customers, excluding those
held at fair value through profit or loss) are adjusted where
appropriate in accordance with our risk mitigation policy and for
the effect of over-collateralisation. The extent of
over-collateralisation has been determined with reference to both
the drawn and undrawn components of exposure as this best reflects
the effect of collateral and other credit enhancements on the
amounts arising from ECL. The value of collateral reflects
management's best estimate and is backtested against our prior
experience.
Collateral held on loans and
advances
The table below details collateral held against
exposures, separately disclosing stage 2 and stage 3 exposure and
corresponding collateral.
Amortised cost
|
2024
|
Net amount outstanding
|
|
Collateral
|
|
Net exposure
|
Total
$million
|
Stage 2 financial
assets
$million
|
Credit-impaired financial
assets (S3)
$million
|
Total2
$million
|
Stage 2 financial assets
$million
|
Credit-impaired financial
assets (S3)
$million
|
Total
$million
|
Stage 2 financial
assets
$million
|
Credit-impaired financial
assets (S3)
$million
|
Corporate & Investment
Banking1
|
181,897
|
8,657
|
1,376
|
|
36,750
|
3,052
|
298
|
|
145,147
|
5,605
|
1,078
|
Wealth & Retail Banking
|
119,248
|
1,758
|
858
|
|
85,163
|
891
|
584
|
|
34,085
|
867
|
274
|
Ventures
|
1,389
|
25
|
1
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
1,389
|
25
|
1
|
Central & other items
|
22,091
|
35
|
98
|
|
80
|
35
|
-
|
|
22,011
|
-
|
98
|
Total
|
324,625
|
10,475
|
2,333
|
|
121,993
|
3,978
|
882
|
|
202,632
|
6,497
|
1,451
|
|
2023
|
Corporate & Investment
Banking1
|
175,382
|
8,175
|
2,046
|
|
36,458
|
2,972
|
623
|
|
138,924
|
5,203
|
1,423
|
Wealth & Retail Banking
|
126,059
|
2,163
|
724
|
|
86,827
|
1,136
|
554
|
|
39,232
|
1,027
|
170
|
Ventures
|
1,033
|
33
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
1,033
|
33
|
-
|
Central & other items
|
29,478
|
964
|
209
|
|
2,475
|
964
|
-
|
|
27,003
|
-
|
209
|
Total
|
331,952
|
11,335
|
2,979
|
|
125,760
|
5,072
|
1,177
|
|
206,192
|
6,263
|
1,802
|
1 Includes loans and
advances to banks
2 Adjusted for
over-collateralisation based on the drawn and undrawn components of
exposures
Collateral - Corporate & Investment Banking
(audited)
Our underwriting standards encourage taking
specific charges on assets and we consistently seek high-quality,
investment-grade collateral.
Collateral taken for longer-term and
sub-investment grade corporate loans increased to 49 per cent (31
December 2023: 41 per cent).
The unadjusted market value of collateral across
all asset types, in respect of CIB, without adjusting for over
collateralisation, increased to $383 billion (31 December 2023:
$290 billion) predominantly due to an increase in reverse
repos.
88 per cent (31 December 2023: 83 per cent) of
tangible collateral excluding reverse repurchase agreements and
financial guarantees held comprises physical assets with the
remainder held in cash. Overall collateral remained broadly stable
at $37 billion (31 December 2023: $36 billion).
Non-tangible collateral, such as guarantees and
standby letters of credit, is also held against corporate
exposures, although the financial effect of this type of collateral
is less significant in terms of recoveries. However, this is
considered when determining the loss given default and other
credit-related factors. Collateral is also held against off-balance
sheet exposures, including undrawn commitments and trade-related
instruments.
Page
38
Corporate & Investment Banking
Amortised cost
|
2024
$million
|
2023
$million
|
Maximum exposure
|
181,897
|
175,382
|
Property
|
8,504
|
9,339
|
Plant, machinery and other stock
|
935
|
933
|
Cash
|
1,973
|
2,985
|
Reverse repos
|
12,568
|
13,826
|
AA- to AA+
|
938
|
1,036
|
A- to A+
|
8,324
|
10,606
|
BBB- to BBB+
|
1,437
|
855
|
Lower than BBB-
|
95
|
169
|
Unrated
|
1,774
|
1,160
|
Financial guarantees and insurance
|
7,075
|
5,057
|
Commodities
|
33
|
5
|
Ships and aircraft
|
5,662
|
4,313
|
Total value of collateral1
|
36,750
|
36,458
|
Net exposure
|
145,147
|
138,924
|
1 Adjusted for
over-collateralisation based on the drawn and undrawn components of
exposures
Collateral - Wealth & Retail Banking
(audited)
In WRB, fully secured products remain stable at
85 per cent of the total portfolio (31 December 2023: 85 per
cent).
The following table presents an analysis of
loans to individuals by product - split between fully secured,
partially secured and unsecured.
Amortised cost
|
2024
|
|
2023
|
Fully
secured¹
$million
|
Partially secured¹
$million
|
Unsecured
$million
|
Total2
$million
|
Fully
secured¹
$million
|
Partially secured¹
$million
|
Unsecured
$million
|
Total²
$million
|
Maximum exposure
|
101,264
|
536
|
17,448
|
119,248
|
|
106,914
|
505
|
18,640
|
126,059
|
Loans to individuals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgages
|
76,696
|
-
|
-
|
76,696
|
|
82,943
|
-
|
-
|
82,943
|
CCPL
|
463
|
-
|
16,343
|
16,806
|
|
375
|
-
|
17,395
|
17,770
|
Auto
|
160
|
-
|
-
|
160
|
|
312
|
-
|
-
|
312
|
Secured wealth products
|
21,928
|
-
|
-
|
21,928
|
|
20,303
|
-
|
-
|
20,303
|
Other
|
2,017
|
536
|
1,105
|
3,658
|
|
2,981
|
505
|
1,245
|
4,731
|
Total collateral2
|
|
|
|
85,163
|
|
|
|
|
86,827
|
Net exposure3
|
|
|
|
34,085
|
|
|
|
|
39,232
|
Percentage of total loans
|
85%
|
0%
|
15%
|
|
|
85%
|
0%
|
15%
|
|
1 Secured loans are
fully secured if the fair value of the collateral is equal to or
greater than the loan at the time of origination. All other secured
loans are considered to be partly secure
2 Collateral values
are adjusted where appropriate in accordance with our risk
mitigation policy and for the effect of
over-collateralisation
3 Amounts net of
ECL
Mortgage loan-to-value ratios by geography
(audited)
Loan-to-value (LTV) ratios measure the ratio of
the current mortgage outstanding to the current fair value of the
properties on which they are secured.
For the majority of mortgage loans, the value of
property held as security significantly exceeds the principal
outstanding of the loan. The average LTV of the overall mortgage
portfolio increased to 48.9 per cent (31 December 2023: 47.1 per
cent) driven by a decrease in property prices and regulatory
relaxations in a few key markets, including Hong Kong and Korea.
Hong Kong, which represents 34.3 per cent of WRB mortgage
portfolio, has an average LTV of 58.6 per cent (31 December 2023:
55.7 per cent). The increase in Hong Kong residential mortgage LTV
was due to a decrease in property prices. However, 29 per cent of
the Hong Kong mortgage exposure is backed by credit insurance and,
specifically, 95 per cent of mortgage exposure with LTV greater
than 80 per cent is backed by credit insurance.
Our other key markets continued to have low
portfolio average LTVs (Korea and Singapore at 42.1 per cent and
42.5 per cent respectively). Korea average LTV increased by 1.7 per
cent ( 31 December 2023: 40.4 per cent) was mainly due to
government relaxations whereby highly regulated areas have eased up
to accommodate customers with higher LTV.
Page
39
An analysis of LTV ratios by geography for the
mortgage portfolio is presented in the table below.
Amortised cost
|
2024
|
|
20231
|
Hong Kong
%
Gross
|
Singapore
%
Gross
|
Korea
%
Gross
|
Other
%
Gross
|
Total
%
Gross
|
Hong Kong
%
Gross
|
Singapore
%
Gross
|
Korea
%
Gross
|
Other
%
Gross
|
Total
%
Gross
|
Less than 50 per cent
|
40.9
|
52.7
|
64.1
|
50.2
|
51.3
|
|
44.9
|
50.9
|
69.5
|
51.0
|
54.9
|
50 per cent to 59 per cent
|
17.6
|
21.8
|
13.2
|
15.4
|
16.5
|
|
19.5
|
24.7
|
11.0
|
16.7
|
17.1
|
60 per cent to 69 per cent
|
12.7
|
15.6
|
13.5
|
17.0
|
14.3
|
|
9.7
|
15.2
|
9.7
|
16.3
|
11.9
|
70 per cent to 79 per cent
|
5.5
|
9.6
|
8.3
|
12.7
|
8.5
|
|
4.3
|
8.7
|
8.9
|
11.6
|
7.9
|
80 per cent to 89 per cent
|
5.1
|
0.1
|
0.8
|
4.1
|
2.9
|
|
7.3
|
0.5
|
0.6
|
3.6
|
3.3
|
90 per cent to 99 per cent
|
8.2
|
0.0
|
0.1
|
0.5
|
3.0
|
|
7.4
|
-
|
0.1
|
0.4
|
2.5
|
100 per cent and greater
|
10.1
|
0.1
|
0.1
|
0.2
|
3.5
|
|
7.0
|
-
|
0.1
|
0.4
|
2.4
|
Average portfolio loan-to-value
|
58.6
|
42.5
|
42.1
|
48.0
|
48.9
|
|
55.7
|
43.4
|
40.4
|
47.8
|
47.1
|
Loans to individuals - mortgages
($million)
|
31,506
|
13,756
|
13,703
|
17,731
|
76,696
|
|
32,935
|
15,292
|
17,157
|
17,559
|
82,943
|
1 Amounts have been
re-presented from a regional basis (Asia, Africa and Middle East,
and Europe and Americas) to key geographies covering the majority
of the reported balances.
Collateral and other credit enhancements
possessed or called upon (audited)
The Group obtains assets by taking possession of
collateral or calling upon other credit enhancements (such as
guarantees). Repossessed properties are sold in an orderly fashion.
Where the proceeds are in excess of the outstanding loan balance,
the excess is returned to the borrower.
Certain equity securities acquired may be held
by the Group for investment purposes and are classified as fair
value through profit or loss, and the related loan written off. The
carrying value of collateral possessed and held by the Group is
$23.7 million (31 December 2023: $16.5 million).
|
2024
$million
|
2023
$million
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
6.1
|
10.5
|
Guarantees
|
4.7
|
6.0
|
Other
|
12.9
|
-
|
Total
|
23.7
|
16.5
|
Other Credit Risk mitigation
(audited)
Other forms of Credit Risk mitigation are set
out below.
Credit default swaps
The Group has entered into credit default swaps
for portfolio management purposes, referencing loan assets with a
notional value of $3.5 billion (31 December 2023: $3.5 billion).
These credit default swaps are accounted for as financial
guarantees as per IFRS 9 as they will only reimburse the holder for
an incurred loss on an underlying debt instrument. The Group
continues to hold the underlying assets referenced in the credit
default swaps and it continues to be exposed to related Credit Risk
and Foreign Exchange Rate Risk on these assets.
Credit linked notes
The Group has issued credit linked notes for
portfolio management purposes, referencing loan assets with a
notional value of $18.6 billion (31 December 2023: $22.5 billion).
The Group continues to hold the underlying assets for which the
credit linked notes provide mitigation. The credit linked notes of
$2.0 billion (31 December 2023: $2.1 billion) are recognised as a
financial liability at amortised cost on the balance sheet and are
adjusted, where appropriate, for reductions in expected future cash
flows with a corresponding credit impairment in the income
statement.
Derivative financial instruments
The Group enters into master netting agreements,
which in the event of default result in a single amount owed by or
to the counterparty through netting the sum of the positive and
negative mark-to-market values of applicable derivative
transactions. These are also set out under the 'Derivative
financial instruments Credit Risk mitigation' section.
Off-balance sheet exposures
For certain types of exposures, such as letters
of credit and guarantees, the Group obtains collateral such as cash
depending on internal Credit Risk assessments, as well as in the
case of letters of credit holding legal title to the underlying
assets should a default take place.
Page
40
Other portfolio analysis
This section provides maturity analysis by
credit quality by industry and industry and retail products
analysis by key geography.
Maturity analysis of loans and advances by
client segment
Loans and advances to the CIB segment remain
predominantly short-term, with $91 billion (31 December 2023: $91
billion) maturing in less than one year. 91 per cent (31 December
2023: 98 per cent) of loans to banks mature in less than one year,
as net exposures decreased to $44 billion (31 December 2023: $45
billion). Shorter maturities give us the flexibility to respond
promptly to events and rebalance or reduce our exposure to clients
or sectors that are facing increased pressure or
uncertainty.
The WRB short-term book of one year or less, is
stable at 27 per cent (31 December 2023: 26 per cent). The WRB
long-term book of over five years also remained stable at 62 per
cent (31 December 2023: 63 per cent).
Amortised cost
|
2024
|
|
2023
|
One year
or less
$million
|
One to
five years
$million
|
Over
five years
$million
|
Total
$million
|
One year
or less
$million
|
One to
five years
$million
|
Over
five years
$million
|
Total
$million
|
Corporate & Investment Banking
|
91,065
|
33,130
|
17,670
|
141,865
|
|
90,728
|
30,746
|
12,822
|
134,296
|
Wealth & Retail Banking
|
32,252
|
13,194
|
75,091
|
120,537
|
|
33,397
|
13,711
|
80,166
|
127,274
|
Ventures
|
1,001
|
442
|
-
|
1,443
|
|
747
|
334
|
-
|
1,081
|
Central & other items
|
22,085
|
2
|
4
|
22,091
|
|
29,448
|
43
|
3
|
29,494
|
Gross loans and advances to
customers
|
146,403
|
46,768
|
92,765
|
285,936
|
|
154,320
|
44,834
|
92,991
|
292,145
|
Impairment provisions
|
(4,369)
|
(409)
|
(126)
|
(4,904)
|
|
(4,872)
|
(185)
|
(113)
|
(5,170)
|
Net loans and advances to customers
|
142,034
|
46,359
|
92,639
|
281,032
|
|
149,448
|
44,649
|
92,878
|
286,975
|
Net loans and advances to banks
|
39,591
|
3,699
|
303
|
43,593
|
|
43,955
|
1,021
|
1
|
44,977
|
Page
41
Credit quality by industry
Loans and advances
This section provides an analysis of the Group's
amortised cost portfolio by industry on a gross, total credit
impairment and net basis.
Amortised cost
|
2024
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
|
Total
|
Gross balance
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net carrying amount
$million
|
Gross balance
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net carrying amount
$million
|
Gross balance
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net carrying amount
$million
|
Gross balance
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net carrying amount
$million
|
Industry:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Energy
|
12,147
|
(9)
|
12,138
|
|
468
|
(57)
|
411
|
|
870
|
(559)
|
311
|
|
13,485
|
(625)
|
12,860
|
Manufacturing
|
19,942
|
(12)
|
19,930
|
|
840
|
(16)
|
824
|
|
418
|
(305)
|
113
|
|
21,200
|
(333)
|
20,867
|
Financing, insurance and non-banking
|
34,452
|
(16)
|
34,436
|
|
1,238
|
(6)
|
1,232
|
|
154
|
(142)
|
12
|
|
35,844
|
(164)
|
35,680
|
Transport, telecom and utilities
|
16,099
|
(11)
|
16,088
|
|
2,309
|
(32)
|
2,277
|
|
330
|
(85)
|
245
|
|
18,738
|
(128)
|
18,610
|
Food and household products
|
8,425
|
(8)
|
8,417
|
|
267
|
(8)
|
259
|
|
251
|
(198)
|
53
|
|
8,943
|
(214)
|
8,729
|
Commercial real estate
|
12,135
|
(10)
|
12,125
|
|
1,714
|
(126)
|
1,588
|
|
1,485
|
(1,265)
|
220
|
|
15,334
|
(1,401)
|
13,933
|
Mining and quarrying
|
5,542
|
(3)
|
5,539
|
|
287
|
(12)
|
275
|
|
124
|
(57)
|
67
|
|
5,953
|
(72)
|
5,881
|
Consumer durables
|
5,988
|
(6)
|
5,982
|
|
218
|
(26)
|
192
|
|
292
|
(259)
|
33
|
|
6,498
|
(291)
|
6,207
|
Construction
|
1,925
|
(2)
|
1,923
|
|
528
|
(5)
|
523
|
|
171
|
(160)
|
11
|
|
2,624
|
(167)
|
2,457
|
Trading companies & distributors
|
589
|
-
|
589
|
|
24
|
(1)
|
23
|
|
88
|
(48)
|
40
|
|
701
|
(49)
|
652
|
Government
|
28,870
|
-
|
28,870
|
|
441
|
(12)
|
429
|
|
205
|
(18)
|
187
|
|
29,516
|
(30)
|
29,486
|
Other
|
4,590
|
(3)
|
4,587
|
|
344
|
(2)
|
342
|
|
186
|
(82)
|
104
|
|
5,120
|
(87)
|
5,033
|
Total
|
150,704
|
(80)
|
150,624
|
|
8,678
|
(303)
|
8,375
|
|
4,574
|
(3,178)
|
1,396
|
|
163,956
|
(3,561)
|
160,395
|
Retail Products:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage
|
75,340
|
(8)
|
75,332
|
|
896
|
(2)
|
894
|
|
606
|
(136)
|
470
|
|
76,842
|
(146)
|
76,696
|
Credit Cards
|
8,037
|
(121)
|
7,916
|
|
222
|
(80)
|
142
|
|
71
|
(60)
|
11
|
|
8,330
|
(261)
|
8,069
|
Personal Loan and other unsecured
lending
|
10,021
|
(228)
|
9,793
|
|
238
|
(53)
|
185
|
|
279
|
(131)
|
148
|
|
10,538
|
(412)
|
10,126
|
Auto
|
159
|
-
|
159
|
|
1
|
-
|
1
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
160
|
-
|
160
|
Secured wealth products
|
21,404
|
(37)
|
21,367
|
|
402
|
(6)
|
396
|
|
518
|
(353)
|
165
|
|
22,324
|
(396)
|
21,928
|
Other
|
3,437
|
(9)
|
3,428
|
|
194
|
(29)
|
165
|
|
155
|
(90)
|
65
|
|
3,786
|
(128)
|
3,658
|
Total
|
118,398
|
(403)
|
117,995
|
|
1,953
|
(170)
|
1,783
|
|
1,629
|
(770)
|
859
|
|
121,980
|
(1,343)
|
120,637
|
Net carrying value (customers)¹
|
269,102
|
(483)
|
268,619
|
|
10,631
|
(473)
|
10,158
|
|
6,203
|
(3,948)
|
2,255
|
|
285,936
|
(4,904)
|
281,032
|
Net carrying value (Banks)1
|
43,208
|
(10)
|
43,198
|
|
318
|
(1)
|
317
|
|
83
|
(5)
|
78
|
|
43,609
|
(16)
|
43,593
|
1 Includes reverse
repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending held at
amortised cost of $9,660 million for customers and $2,946 million
for Banks.
Page
42
Amortised cost
|
2023
|
Stage 1
|
|
Stage 2
|
|
Stage 3
|
|
Total
|
Gross balance
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net carrying amount
$million
|
Gross balance
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net carrying amount
$million
|
Gross balance
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net carrying amount
$million
|
Gross balance
$million
|
Total credit impair-ment
$million
|
Net carrying amount
$million
|
Industry:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Energy
|
9,397
|
(8)
|
9,389
|
|
672
|
(22)
|
650
|
|
949
|
(535)
|
414
|
|
11,018
|
(565)
|
10,453
|
Manufacturing
|
21,239
|
(8)
|
21,231
|
|
708
|
(16)
|
692
|
|
656
|
(436)
|
220
|
|
22,603
|
(460)
|
22,143
|
Financing, insurance and non-banking
|
31,633
|
(13)
|
31,620
|
|
571
|
(1)
|
570
|
|
80
|
(77)
|
3
|
|
32,284
|
(91)
|
32,193
|
Transport, telecom and utilities
|
14,710
|
(8)
|
14,702
|
|
1,722
|
(36)
|
1,686
|
|
481
|
(178)
|
303
|
|
16,913
|
(222)
|
16,691
|
Food and household products
|
7,668
|
(15)
|
7,653
|
|
323
|
(7)
|
316
|
|
355
|
(262)
|
93
|
|
8,346
|
(284)
|
8,062
|
Commercial real estate
|
12,261
|
(30)
|
12,231
|
|
1,848
|
(129)
|
1,719
|
|
1,712
|
(1,191)
|
521
|
|
15,821
|
(1,350)
|
14,471
|
Mining and quarrying
|
5,995
|
(4)
|
5,991
|
|
220
|
(10)
|
210
|
|
151
|
(84)
|
67
|
|
6,366
|
(98)
|
6,268
|
Consumer durables
|
5,815
|
(3)
|
5,812
|
|
300
|
(21)
|
279
|
|
329
|
(298)
|
31
|
|
6,444
|
(322)
|
6,122
|
Construction
|
2,230
|
(2)
|
2,228
|
|
502
|
(8)
|
494
|
|
358
|
(326)
|
32
|
|
3,090
|
(336)
|
2,754
|
Trading companies & distributors
|
581
|
-
|
581
|
|
57
|
-
|
57
|
|
107
|
(58)
|
49
|
|
745
|
(58)
|
687
|
Government
|
33,400
|
(6)
|
33,394
|
|
1,783
|
(5)
|
1,778
|
|
367
|
(33)
|
334
|
|
35,550
|
(44)
|
35,506
|
Other
|
4,262
|
(4)
|
4,258
|
|
161
|
(3)
|
158
|
|
187
|
(70)
|
117
|
|
4,610
|
(77)
|
4,533
|
Total
|
149,191
|
(101)
|
149,090
|
|
8,867
|
(258)
|
8,609
|
|
5,732
|
(3,548)
|
2,184
|
|
163,790
|
(3,907)
|
159,883
|
Retail Products:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage
|
81,210
|
(8)
|
81,202
|
|
1,350
|
(5)
|
1,345
|
|
519
|
(123)
|
396
|
|
83,079
|
(136)
|
82,943
|
Credit Cards
|
7,633
|
(104)
|
7,529
|
|
244
|
(65)
|
179
|
|
69
|
(50)
|
19
|
|
7,946
|
(219)
|
7,727
|
Personal Loan and other unsecured
lending
|
10,867
|
(188)
|
10,679
|
|
324
|
(77)
|
247
|
|
315
|
(165)
|
150
|
|
11,506
|
(430)
|
11,076
|
Auto
|
310
|
-
|
310
|
|
1
|
-
|
1
|
|
1
|
-
|
1
|
|
312
|
-
|
312
|
Secured wealth products
|
19,923
|
(22)
|
19,901
|
|
278
|
(10)
|
268
|
|
474
|
(340)
|
134
|
|
20,675
|
(372)
|
20,303
|
Other
|
4,558
|
(7)
|
4,551
|
|
161
|
(5)
|
156
|
|
118
|
(94)
|
24
|
|
4,837
|
(106)
|
4,731
|
Total
|
124,501
|
(329)
|
124,172
|
|
2,358
|
(162)
|
2,196
|
|
1,496
|
(772)
|
724
|
|
128,355
|
(1,263)
|
127,092
|
Net carrying value (customers)¹
|
273,692
|
(430)
|
273,262
|
|
11,225
|
(420)
|
10,805
|
|
7,228
|
(4,320)
|
2,908
|
|
292,145
|
(5,170)
|
286,975
|
Net carrying value (Banks)1
|
44,384
|
(8)
|
44,376
|
|
540
|
(10)
|
530
|
|
77
|
(6)
|
71
|
|
45,001
|
(24)
|
44,977
|
1 Includes reverse
repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending held at
amortised cost of $13,996 million for customers and $1,738 million
for Banks.
Industry and Retail Products analysis of loans
and advances by key geography
This section provides an analysis of the Group's
amortised cost loan portfolio, net of provisions, by industry and
geography.
The Manufacturing sector group is spread across
a diverse range of industries, including automobiles and
components, capital goods, pharmaceuticals, biotech and life
sciences, technology hardware and equipment, chemicals, paper
products and packaging, with lending spread over 3,251
clients.
Page
43
Corporate & Investment Banking
Amortised Cost
|
2024
|
|
20231
|
Hong Kong $million
|
China $million
|
Singa-pore $million
|
UK $million
|
US $million
|
Other $million
|
Total $million
|
Hong Kong $million
|
China $million
|
Singa-pore $million
|
UK $million
|
US $million
|
Other $million
|
Total $million
|
Industry:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Energy
|
2,200
|
59
|
1,552
|
1,744
|
1,750
|
5,551
|
12,856
|
|
3,118
|
42
|
1,162
|
1,341
|
3,638
|
1,130
|
10,431
|
Manufacturing
|
4,077
|
4,200
|
1,463
|
389
|
2,307
|
8,431
|
20,867
|
|
3,570
|
4,309
|
1,666
|
694
|
2,921
|
8,982
|
22,142
|
Financing, insurance and non-banking
|
3,674
|
3,486
|
1,893
|
4,005
|
9,900
|
12,696
|
35,654
|
|
3,700
|
3,570
|
1,708
|
1,724
|
6,627
|
14,864
|
32,193
|
Transport, telecom and utilities
|
5,131
|
662
|
3,106
|
1,084
|
936
|
7,685
|
18,604
|
|
4,634
|
429
|
2,499
|
1,030
|
630
|
7,470
|
16,692
|
Food and household products
|
1,038
|
428
|
1,414
|
962
|
685
|
4,202
|
8,729
|
|
541
|
519
|
911
|
816
|
664
|
4,611
|
8,062
|
Commercial Real estate
|
4,512
|
334
|
1,404
|
1,039
|
1,650
|
4,994
|
13,933
|
|
3,895
|
588
|
1,125
|
1,436
|
1,236
|
6,192
|
14,472
|
Mining and Quarrying
|
608
|
606
|
847
|
1,426
|
224
|
2,170
|
5,881
|
|
1,028
|
735
|
427
|
1,729
|
279
|
2,071
|
6,269
|
Consumer durables
|
2,780
|
293
|
466
|
84
|
537
|
2,046
|
6,206
|
|
3,030
|
244
|
180
|
177
|
483
|
2,008
|
6,122
|
Construction
|
318
|
156
|
372
|
96
|
247
|
1,268
|
2,457
|
|
176
|
163
|
319
|
137
|
389
|
1,569
|
2,753
|
Trading Companies & Distributors
|
95
|
103
|
106
|
31
|
40
|
277
|
652
|
|
119
|
75
|
121
|
31
|
20
|
321
|
687
|
Government
|
2,576
|
117
|
219
|
169
|
4
|
4,352
|
7,437
|
|
1,445
|
1
|
547
|
236
|
6
|
3,814
|
6,049
|
Other
|
1,419
|
563
|
786
|
377
|
233
|
1,650
|
5,028
|
|
1,676
|
265
|
646
|
257
|
264
|
1,425
|
4,533
|
Net Loans and advances to Customers
|
28,428
|
11,007
|
13,628
|
11,406
|
18,513
|
55,322
|
138,304
|
|
26,932
|
10,940
|
11,311
|
9,608
|
17,157
|
54,457
|
130,405
|
Net Loans and advances to Banks
|
16,727
|
2,443
|
7,721
|
4,103
|
2,766
|
9,833
|
43,593
|
|
17,457
|
1,996
|
8,994
|
3,868
|
2,544
|
10,119
|
44,978
|
Wealth & Retail Banking
Amortised Cost
|
2024
|
|
20231
|
Hong Kong $million
|
Korea $million
|
Singapore $million
|
Other $million
|
Total $million
|
Hong Kong $million
|
Korea $million
|
Singapore $million
|
Other $million
|
Total $million
|
Retail Products:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgages
|
31,506
|
13,703
|
13,756
|
17,731
|
76,696
|
|
32,935
|
17,157
|
15,292
|
17,559
|
82,943
|
Credit Cards
|
3,447
|
38
|
1,679
|
1,517
|
6,681
|
|
3,325
|
114
|
1,705
|
1,549
|
6,693
|
Personal Loans and other unsecured
lending
|
1,057
|
2,796
|
301
|
5,972
|
10,126
|
|
950
|
3,230
|
220
|
6,676
|
11,076
|
Auto
|
-
|
-
|
122
|
38
|
160
|
|
-
|
-
|
240
|
72
|
312
|
Secured wealth products
|
5,229
|
24
|
10,793
|
5,882
|
21,928
|
|
5,164
|
33
|
9,388
|
5,718
|
20,303
|
Other Retail
|
579
|
2,153
|
72
|
853
|
3,657
|
|
644
|
3,149
|
82
|
856
|
4,731
|
Net Loans and advances
to Customers
|
41,818
|
18,714
|
26,723
|
31,993
|
119,248
|
|
43,018
|
23,683
|
26,927
|
32,430
|
126,058
|
1 Amounts have been
re-presented from a regional basis (Asia, Africa and Middle East,
and Europe and Americas) to key geographies covering the majority
of the reported balances.
High carbon sectors
Sectors are identified and grouped as per the
International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) system and
exposure numbers have been updated to include all in-scope ISIC
codes used for target setting among the high carbon
sectors.
The maximum exposures shown in the table include
loans and advances to customers at amortised cost, Fair Value
through profit or loss, and committed facilities available as per
IFRS 9 - Financial Instruments in $million.
Page
44
Maximum exposure
Amortised Cost
|
2024
|
Maximum on Balance Sheet Exposure (net of credit
impairment)
$million
|
Collateral
$million
|
Net On Balance Sheet Exposure
$million
|
Undrawn Commitments (net of credit
impairment)
$million
|
Financial Guarantees (net of credit
impairment)
$million
|
Net Off Balance Sheet Exposure
$million
|
Total On & Off Balance Sheet Net
Exposure
$million
|
Industry:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive manufacturers
|
3,881
|
69
|
3,812
|
3,331
|
605
|
3,936
|
7,748
|
Aviation
|
1,829
|
960
|
869
|
842
|
928
|
1,770
|
2,639
|
Steel
|
1,526
|
316
|
1,210
|
816
|
325
|
1,141
|
2,351
|
Coal Mining
|
25
|
-
|
25
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
25
|
Aluminium
|
1,341
|
32
|
1,309
|
354
|
53
|
407
|
1,716
|
Cement
|
709
|
55
|
654
|
637
|
267
|
904
|
1,558
|
Shipping
|
7,038
|
5,037
|
2,001
|
2,176
|
397
|
2,573
|
4,574
|
Commercial Real Estate
|
7,635
|
3,400
|
4,235
|
2,758
|
684
|
3,442
|
7,677
|
Oil & Gas
|
7,421
|
988
|
6,433
|
7,928
|
7,079
|
15,007
|
21,440
|
Power
|
6,341
|
1,500
|
4,841
|
4,538
|
1,124
|
5,662
|
10,503
|
Total¹
|
37,746
|
12,357
|
25,389
|
23,380
|
11,462
|
34,842
|
60,231
|
Total Corporate & Investment
Banking²
|
196,823
|
32,152
|
164,671
|
118,106
|
81,132
|
199,238
|
363,909
|
Total Group³
|
420,117
|
121,993
|
298,124
|
193,115
|
90,602
|
283,717
|
581,841
|
|
2023
|
Industry:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive manufacturers
|
3,564
|
65
|
3,499
|
3,791
|
538
|
4,329
|
7,828
|
Aviation
|
1,330
|
974
|
356
|
944
|
615
|
1,559
|
1,915
|
Steel
|
1,596
|
193
|
1,403
|
601
|
358
|
959
|
2,362
|
Coal Mining
|
29
|
9
|
20
|
51
|
99
|
150
|
170
|
Aluminium
|
526
|
9
|
517
|
338
|
188
|
526
|
1,043
|
Cement
|
671
|
47
|
624
|
769
|
259
|
1,028
|
1,652
|
Shipping
|
5,964
|
3,557
|
2,407
|
2,261
|
291
|
2,552
|
4,959
|
Commercial Real Estate
|
7,498
|
3,383
|
4,115
|
1,587
|
112
|
1,699
|
5,814
|
Oil & Gas
|
6,278
|
894
|
5,384
|
7,845
|
6,944
|
14,789
|
20,173
|
Power
|
5,411
|
1,231
|
4,180
|
3,982
|
732
|
4,714
|
8,894
|
Total1
|
32,867
|
10,362
|
22,505
|
22,169
|
10,136
|
32,305
|
54,810
|
Total Corporate & Investment
Banking²
|
188,903
|
32,744
|
156,159
|
104,437
|
63,183
|
167,620
|
323,779
|
Total Group³
|
423,276
|
125,760
|
297,516
|
182,299
|
74,278
|
256,577
|
554,093
|
1 Maximum on balance
sheet exposure includes FVTPL amount of High Carbon sector is $749
million (31 December 2023: $125 million)
2 Includes on balance
sheet FVTPL amount of $58,519 million (31 December 2023: $58,498
million) for Corporate & Investment Banking loans to
customers
3 Total Group includes
net loans and advances to banks and net loans and advances to
customers held at amortised cost of $43,593 million (31 December
2023: $44,977 million) and $281,032 million (31 December 2023:
$286,975 million) respectively and loans to banks and loans and
advances to customers held at FVTPL of $36,967 million (31 December
2023: $32,813 million) and $58, 525 million (31 December 2023:
$58,511 million) respectively. Refer to credit quality
table
Maturity and ECL for high-carbon
sectors
Sector
|
2024
|
|
2023
|
Loans and advances (Drawn funding)
$million
|
Maturity Buckets1
|
Expected Credit Loss
$million
|
Loans and advances (Drawn funding)
$million
|
Maturity Buckets1
|
Expected Credit Loss
$million
|
Less than
1 year
$million
|
More than 1 to 5 years
$million
|
More than 5 years
$million
|
Less than
1 year
$million
|
More than 1 to 5 years
$million
|
More than 5 years
$million
|
Automotive Manufacturers
|
3,883
|
3,458
|
369
|
56
|
2
|
|
3,566
|
3,106
|
460
|
-
|
2
|
Aviation
|
1,833
|
231
|
404
|
1,198
|
4
|
|
1,339
|
149
|
145
|
1,045
|
9
|
Cement
|
724
|
356
|
368
|
-
|
15
|
|
719
|
512
|
189
|
18
|
48
|
Coal Mining
|
38
|
25
|
13
|
-
|
13
|
|
42
|
9
|
33
|
-
|
13
|
Steel
|
1,598
|
941
|
133
|
524
|
72
|
|
1,649
|
1,258
|
185
|
206
|
53
|
Aluminium
|
1,352
|
1,089
|
177
|
86
|
11
|
|
537
|
442
|
63
|
32
|
11
|
Oil & Gas
|
7,580
|
2,601
|
2,407
|
2,572
|
159
|
|
6,444
|
2,980
|
1,576
|
1,888
|
166
|
Power
|
6,401
|
1,700
|
1,404
|
3,297
|
60
|
|
5,516
|
1,933
|
1,533
|
2,050
|
105
|
Shipping
|
7,053
|
1,035
|
2,450
|
3,568
|
15
|
|
5,971
|
1,051
|
2,568
|
2,352
|
7
|
Commercial Real Estate
|
7,773
|
3,880
|
3,680
|
213
|
138
|
|
7,664
|
3,722
|
3,935
|
7
|
166
|
Total balance1
|
38,235
|
15,316
|
11,405
|
11,514
|
489
|
|
33,447
|
15,162
|
10,687
|
7,598
|
580
|
1 Gross of credit
impairment
Page
45
Sectors of interest
Commercial Real Estate
|
2024
|
Maximum on Balance Sheet Exposure
(net of credit impairment)1
$million
|
Collateral
$million
|
Net On Balance Sheet Exposure
$million
|
Undrawn Commitments (net of credit
impairment)
$million
|
Financial Guarantees
(net of credit impairment)
$million
|
Net Off Balance Sheet Exposure
$million
|
Total On & Off Balance Sheet Net
Exposure
$million
|
Commercial Real Estate
|
14,037
|
5,947
|
8,090
|
4,932
|
670
|
5,602
|
13,692
|
|
2023
|
Commercial Real Estate
|
14,533
|
6,363
|
8,170
|
4,658
|
311
|
4,969
|
13,139
|
1 Includes net loans
and advances of $ 13,933 million (31 December 2023: $14,471
million) as detailed in the table below
Analysis of credit quality of loans and
advances of Commercial Real Estate
Amortised costs
|
2024
Gross
$million
|
2023
Gross
$million
|
Strong
|
7,222
|
7,326
|
Satisfactory
|
6,515
|
6,751
|
Higher risk
|
112
|
32
|
Credit impaired (stage 3)
|
1,485
|
1,712
|
Total Gross Balance
|
15,334
|
15,821
|
Strong
|
(83)
|
(20)
|
Satisfactory
|
(44)
|
(139)
|
Higher risk
|
(9)
|
-
|
Credit impaired (stage 3)
|
(1,265)
|
(1,191)
|
Total Credit Impairment
|
(1,401)
|
(1,350)
|
Total Net of Credit Impairment
|
13,933
|
14,471
|
Strong
|
1.1%
|
0.3%
|
Satisfactory
|
0.7%
|
2.1%
|
Higher risk
|
8.0%
|
0.0%
|
Credit impaired (stage 3)
|
85.1%
|
69.6%
|
Cover Ratio
|
9.1%
|
8.5%
|
An analysis of the net CRE loans and advances
by key geography, is set out below.
China commercial real estate
The table below represents the on and
off-balance sheet items that are exposed to China CRE by credit
quality.
|
2024
|
|
2023
|
China
$million
|
Hong Kong
$million
|
Rest of Group1
$million
|
Total
$million
|
China
$million
|
Hong Kong
$million
|
Rest of Group1
$million
|
Total
$million
|
Loans to customers
|
324
|
1,598
|
-
|
1,922
|
|
584
|
1,821
|
39
|
2,444
|
Off balance sheet
|
1
|
40
|
-
|
41
|
|
42
|
82
|
-
|
124
|
Total as at 31 December
|
325
|
1,638
|
-
|
1,963
|
|
626
|
1,903
|
39
|
2,568
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans to customers - By Credit
quality
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Strong
|
-
|
12
|
-
|
12
|
|
33
|
-
|
-
|
33
|
Satisfactory
|
172
|
338
|
-
|
510
|
|
339
|
619
|
39
|
997
|
Higher risk
|
12
|
42
|
-
|
54
|
|
8
|
-
|
-
|
8
|
Credit impaired (stage 3)
|
140
|
1,206
|
-
|
1,346
|
|
204
|
1,202
|
-
|
1,406
|
Total as at 31 December
|
324
|
1,598
|
-
|
1,922
|
|
584
|
1,821
|
39
|
2,444
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans to customers - ECL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Strong
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Satisfactory
|
(2)
|
(73)
|
-
|
(75)
|
|
(3)
|
(134)
|
(12)
|
(149)
|
Higher risk
|
-
|
(1)
|
-
|
(1)
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Credit impaired (stage 3)
|
(63)
|
(1,111)
|
-
|
(1,174)
|
|
(70)
|
(941)
|
-
|
(1,011)
|
Total as at 31 December
|
(65)
|
(1,185)
|
-
|
(1,250)
|
|
(73)
|
(1,075)
|
(12)
|
(1,160)
|
1 Rest of Group mainly
includes Singapore
Page
46
Debt securities and other eligible bills
(audited)
This section provides further detail on gross
debt securities and treasury bills.
The credit quality descriptions in the table
below align to those used for CIB and Central and other items, as
described below. Debt securities held that have a short-term
external rating are reported against the long-term rating of the
issuer. For securities that are unrated, the Group applies an
internal credit rating, as described under the 'Credit rating and
measurement' section.
Total gross debt securities and other eligible
bills decreased by $16.8 billion to $144 billion (31 December 2023:
$160 billion) due to maturity of exposures, primarily in stage
1.
Stage 1 gross balance decreased by $16.5 billion
to $142 billion (31 December 2023: $158 billion), mainly due to the
maturity of exposures in Hong Kong.
Stage 2 gross balance decreased by $0.2 billion
to $1.6 billion (31 December 2023: $1.9 billion).
Stage 3 gross balance was broadly stable at $0.1
billion (31 December 2023: $0.2 billion).
Amortised cost and FVOCI
|
2024
|
|
2023
|
Gross
$million
|
ECL
$million
|
Net2
$million
|
Gross
$million
|
ECL
$million
|
Net2
$million
|
Stage 1
|
141,862
|
(23)
|
141,839
|
|
158,314
|
(26)
|
158,288
|
- Strong
|
138,353
|
(19)
|
138,334
|
|
155,568
|
(23)
|
155,545
|
- Satisfactory
|
3,509
|
(4)
|
3,505
|
|
2,746
|
(3)
|
2,743
|
Stage 2
|
1,614
|
(4)
|
1,610
|
|
1,860
|
(34)
|
1,826
|
- Strong
|
562
|
-
|
562
|
|
917
|
(3)
|
914
|
- Satisfactory
|
31
|
-
|
31
|
|
50
|
(1)
|
49
|
- High Risk
|
1,021
|
(4)
|
1,017
|
|
893
|
(30)
|
863
|
Stage 3
|
103
|
(2)
|
101
|
|
164
|
(61)
|
103
|
Gross balance¹
|
143,579
|
(29)
|
143,550
|
|
160,338
|
(121)
|
160,217
|
1 Stage 3 gross
includes $59 million (31 December 2023: $80 million) originated
credit-impaired debt securities with Nil impairment (31 December
2023: $14 million)
2 FVOCI instruments
are not presented net of ECL on the balance sheet. While the
presentation is on a net basis for the table, the total net
on-balance sheet amount is $143,562 million (31 December 2023:
$160,263 million). Refer to the Analysis of financial instrument by
stage table
IFRS 9 ECL methodology (audited)
Approach for determining ECL
Credit loss terminology
Component
|
Definition
|
Probability of default (PD)
|
The probability that a counterparty will
default, over the next 12 months from the reporting date (stage 1)
or over the lifetime of the product (stage 2), incorporating the
impact of forward looking economic assumptions that have an effect
on Credit Risk, such as unemployment rates and GDP forecasts. The
PD estimates will fluctuate in line with the economic cycle. The
lifetime (or term structure) PDs are based on statistical models,
calibrated using historical data and adjusted to incorporate
forward-looking economic assumptions.
|
Loss given default (LGD)
|
The loss that is expected to arise on default,
incorporating the impact of forward-looking economic assumptions
where relevant, which represents the difference between the
contractual cashflows due and those that the bank expects to
receive. The Group estimates LGD based on the history of recovery
rates and considers the recovery of any collateral that is integral
to the financial asset, taking into account forward-looking
economic assumptions where relevant.
|
Exposure at default (EAD)
|
The expected balance sheet exposure at the time
of default, taking into account expected changes over the lifetime
of the exposure. This incorporates the impact of drawdowns of
facilities with limits, repayments of principal and interest, and
amortisation.
|
To determine the ECL, these components are
multiplied together: PD for the reference period (up to 12 months
or lifetime) x LGD x EAD and discounted to the balance sheet date
using the effective interest rate as the discount rate.
IFRS 9 ECL models have been developed for the
CIB businesses on a global basis, in line with their respective
portfolios. However, for some of the key countries,
country-specific models have also been developed.
The calibration of forward-looking information
is assessed at a country or region level to take into account local
macroeconomic conditions.
Retail ECL models are country and product
specific, given the local nature of the WRB business.
Page
47
For less material retail portfolios, the Group
has adopted less sophisticated approaches based on historical roll
rates or loss rates:
• For medium-sized
retail portfolios, a roll rate model is applied, which uses a
matrix that gives the average loan migration rate between
delinquency states from period to period. A matrix multiplication
is then performed to generate the final PDs by delinquency bucket
over different time horizons.
• For smaller retail
portfolios, a loss rate approach is applied. These use an adjusted
gross charge-off rate, developed using monthly write-off and
recoveries over the preceding 12 months and total outstanding
balances.
• While the loss rate
approaches do not incorporate forward looking information, to the
extent that there are significant changes in the macroeconomic
forecasts an assessment will be completed on whether an adjustment
to the modelled output is required.
For a limited number of exposures, proxy
parameters or approaches are used where the data is not available
to calculate the origination PDs for the purpose of applying the
SICR criteria; or for some retail portfolios where a full history
of LGD data is not available, estimates based on the loss
experience from similar portfolios are used. The use of proxies is
monitored and will reduce over time.
The following processes are in place to assess
the ongoing performance of the models:
• Quarterly model
monitoring that uses recent data to compare the differences between
model predictions and actual outcomes against approved
thresholds.
• Annual independent
validation is performed by Group Model Validation (GMV); Depth of
GMV's validation varies depending on the model materiality.
Material models would go through a full annual re-validation
process, while a less intensive validation process will be
performed on non-material models.
Application of lifetime ECL
ECL is estimated based on the period over which
the Group is exposed to Credit Risk. For the majority of exposures
this equates to the maximum contractual period. For retail credit
cards and corporate overdraft facilities, however, the Group does
not typically enforce the contractual period, which can be as short
as one day. As a result, the period over which the Group is exposed
to Credit Risk for these instruments reflects their behavioural
life, which incorporates expectations of customer behaviour and the
extent to which Credit Risk management actions curtail the period
of that exposure. The average behavioural life for retail credit
cards is between 3 and 6 years across our footprint
markets.
The behavioural life for corporate overdraft
facilities was re-estimated from 24 months to 36 months. The impact
of this change was not material.
Page
48
Composition of credit impairment provisions
(audited)
The table below summarises the key components of
the Group's credit impairment provision balances at 31 December
2024 and 31 December 2023.
|
2024
|
|
2023
|
Corporate & Investment Banking
$ million
|
Wealth & Retail Banking
$ million
|
Ventures
$ million
|
Central & other items
$ million4
|
Total
$ million
|
Corporate & Investment Banking $
million
|
Wealth & Retail Banking
$ million
|
Ventures
$ million
|
Central & other items
$ million4
|
Total
$ million
|
Modelled ECL provisions (base
forecast)
|
337
|
613
|
61
|
37
|
1,048
|
|
372
|
553
|
48
|
98
|
1,071
|
Impact of multiple economic
scenarios1
|
24
|
19
|
-
|
-
|
43
|
|
20
|
18
|
-
|
6
|
44
|
Modelled ECL provisions before management
judgements
|
361
|
632
|
61
|
37
|
1,091
|
|
392
|
571
|
48
|
104
|
1,115
|
Includes: Model performance post model
adjustments
|
-
|
14
|
-
|
-
|
14
|
|
(3)
|
(28)
|
-
|
-
|
(31)
|
Judgemental post model
adjustments2
|
-
|
(23)
|
-
|
-
|
(23)
|
|
-
|
2
|
-
|
-
|
2
|
Management overlays3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- China commercial real estate
|
70
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
70
|
|
141
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
141
|
- Other
|
109
|
27
|
7
|
-
|
143
|
|
-
|
5
|
-
|
17
|
22
|
Total modelled provisions
|
540
|
636
|
68
|
37
|
1,281
|
|
533
|
578
|
48
|
121
|
1,280
|
Of which:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 1
|
133
|
392
|
30
|
34
|
589
|
|
151
|
325
|
15
|
68
|
559
|
Stage 2
|
362
|
151
|
27
|
1
|
541
|
|
318
|
140
|
21
|
49
|
528
|
Stage 3
|
45
|
93
|
11
|
2
|
151
|
|
64
|
113
|
12
|
4
|
193
|
Stage 3 non-modelled provisions
|
3,267
|
665
|
-
|
54
|
3,986
|
|
3,587
|
646
|
-
|
88
|
4,321
|
Total credit impairment provisions
|
3,807
|
1,301
|
68
|
91
|
5,267
|
|
4,120
|
1,224
|
48
|
209
|
5,601
|
1 Includes upwards
judgemental post-model adjustment of $28 million (31 December 2023:
nil)
2 Excludes $28 million
upwards judgemental post-model adjustment which is included in
"Impact of multiple economic scenarios"
3 $32 million (31
December 2023: $22 million) is in stage 1, $181 million (31
December 2023: $141 million) in stage 2 and $nil million (31
December 2023: nil) in stage 3
4 Includes ECL on cash
and balances at central banks, accrued income, assets held for sale
and other assets
Model performance post model adjustments
(PMAs)
As part of model monitoring and independent
validation processes, where a model's performance breaches the
approved monitoring thresholds or validation standards, an
assessment is performed to determine whether a model performance
PMA is required to temporarily remediate the model issue. The
process for the determination of PMAs is set out in the 'Governance
of PMAs and application of expert credit judgement in respect of
ECL' section.
As at 31 December 2024, model performance PMAs
have been applied for five models out of the total of 110 models.
In aggregate, these PMAs increase the Group's impairment provisions
by $14 million (1 per cent of modelled provisions) compared with a
$31 million decrease at 31 December 2023. The reduction was
primarily due to the implementation of new models, thereby removing
the need for PMAs on the old models.
In addition to these model performance PMAs,
separate judgemental post model and management adjustments have
also been applied as set out below.
|
2024
$ million
|
2023
$ million
|
Model performance PMAs
|
|
|
Corporate & Investment Banking
|
-
|
(3)
|
Wealth & Retail Banking
|
14
|
(28)
|
Total model performance PMAs
|
14
|
(31)
|
Page
49
Key assumptions and judgements in determining
ECL
Incorporation of forward-looking
information
The evolving economic environment is a key
determinant of the ability of a bank's clients to meet their
obligations as they fall due. It is a fundamental principle of IFRS
9 that the provisions banks hold against potential future Credit
Risk losses should depend, not just on the health of the economy
today, but should also take into account potential changes to the
economic environment. For example, if a bank were to anticipate a
sharp slowdown in the world economy over the coming year, it should
hold more provisions today to absorb the credit losses likely to
occur in the near future.
To capture the effect of changes to the economic
environment, the PDs and LGDs used to calculate ECL incorporate
forward-looking information in the form of forecasts of the values
of economic variables and asset prices that are likely to have an
effect on the repayment ability of the Group's clients.
The 'base forecast' of the economic variables
and asset prices is based on management's view of the five-year
outlook, supported by projections from the Group's in-house
research team and outputs from a third-party model that project
specific economic variables and asset prices. The research team
takes consensus views into consideration, and senior management
review projections for some core country variables against
consensus when forming their view of the outlook. For the period
beyond five years, management utilises the in-house research view
and third-party model outputs, which allow for a reversion to
long-term growth rates or norms. All projections are updated on a
quarterly basis.
Forecast of key macroeconomic variables
underlying the ECL calculation and the impact on
non-linearity
In the Base Forecast - management's view of the
most likely outcome - the pace of growth of the world economy is
expected to remain broadly unchanged from 2024 at around 3 per cent
in 2025. This compares to the average of 3.7 per cent growth for
the 10 years prior to COVID-19 (between 2010 and 2019). Support
from easing financial conditions and expansionary fiscal policy may
be partly offset by protectionist trade policies and still-high
interest rates in the US and elsewhere. The US economy is set to
moderate in 2025, after a resilient 2024 performance despite
elevated interest rates. The euro area continues to struggle with
major European economies including Germany and France who risk
slipping into recession. Asia is relatively healthy, although
growth at the regional level is set to moderate slightly in 2025 as
both China and India slow down. The Middle-East is expected also to
remain a bright spot for global growth, with the region's non-oil
growth exceeding overall global growth.
The uncertainty around the economic outlook
remains elevated. In particular, the change in US Presidency is
expected to lead to significant changes in US policies, including
new and higher tariffs on key US trading partners. On the
geopolitical front, tensions remain elevated over the conflict in
Ukraine and the situation in the Middle-East.
While the quarterly Base Forecasts inform the
Group's strategic plan, one key requirement of IFRS 9 is that the
assessment of provisions should consider multiple future economic
environments. For example, the global economy may grow more quickly
or more slowly than the Base Forecast, and these variations would
have different implications for the provisions that the Group
should hold today. As the negative impact of an economic downturn
on credit losses tends to be greater than the positive impact of an
economic upturn, if the Group sets provisions only on the ECL under
the Base Forecast it might maintain a level of provisions that does
not appropriately capture the range of potential outcomes. To
address the inherent uncertainty in economic forecast, and the
property of skewness (or non-linearity), IFRS 9 requires reported
ECL to be a probability-weighted ECL, calculated over a range of
possible outcomes.
To assess the range of possible outcomes the
Group simulates a set of 50 scenarios around the Base Forecast,
calculates the ECL under each of them and assigns an equal weight
of 2 per cent to each scenario outcome. These scenarios are
generated by a Monte Carlo simulation, which addresses the
challenges of crafting many realistic alternative scenarios in the
many countries in which the Group operates by means of a model,
which produces these alternative scenarios while considering the
degree of historical uncertainty (or volatility) observed from Q1
1990 to Q3 2023 around economic outcomes, the trends in each
macroeconomic variable modelled and the correlation in the
unexplained movements around these trends. This naturally means
that each of the 50 scenarios do not have a specific narrative,
although collectively they explore a range of hypothetical
alternative outcomes for the global economy, including scenarios
that turn out better than expected and scenarios that amplify
anticipated stresses.
Page
50
The GDP graphs below illustrate the shape of the
Base Forecast for key footprint markets in relation to prior
periods' actuals. The long-term growth rates are based on the pace
of economic expansion expected for 2030. The tables below provide a
summary of the Group's Base Forecast for these markets. The
peak/trough amounts show the highest and lowest points within the
Base Forecast.
China's GDP growth is expected to ease slightly
to 4.5 per cent in 2025 from 4.8 per cent in 2024. This reflects
persistent weakness in the property sector, though it is expected
to moderate external headwinds and low consumer confidence. Growth
in India is also expected to ease with GDP expanding by 6.5 per
cent from 6.9 per cent in 2024 as the impact from recent one-off
factors such as construction activity and electricity demand (amid
below normal rains) fade. GDP growth for Singapore is expected to
slow to 2.4 per cent in 2025 from 3.5 per cent last year. An
uncertain global trade outlook will weigh on sentiment in
trade-reliant economies. Recent economic activity may have also
been partly driven by front-loading of orders of electronics ahead
of potentially negative trade policies in 2025. Similarly, the
uncertain external environment and likely trade protectionist
measures will limit the upside to growth for both South Korea and
Hong Kong which are expected to grow by 2.0 per cent and 2.9 per
cent respectively in 2025.
|
2024 year-end forecasts
|
China
|
|
Hong Kong
|
GDP growth
(YoY%)
|
Unemployment
%
|
3-month
interest rates
%
|
House prices5
(YoY %)
|
GDP growth
(YoY %)
|
Unemployment
%
|
3-month
interest rates
%
|
House prices
(YoY %)
|
Base forecast1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2024
|
4.8
|
3.6
|
2.0
|
(3.7)
|
|
2.6
|
3.0
|
4.4
|
(11.1)
|
2025
|
4.5
|
3.5
|
1.7
|
(5.3)
|
|
2.9
|
3.1
|
2.5
|
1.8
|
2026
|
4.3
|
3.3
|
1.6
|
(3.2)
|
|
2.5
|
3.2
|
2.2
|
6.5
|
2027
|
4.1
|
3.2
|
1.6
|
(0.9)
|
|
2.1
|
3.2
|
2.4
|
4.8
|
2028
|
3.9
|
3.2
|
1.8
|
0.9
|
|
1.9
|
3.2
|
2.4
|
3.4
|
5-year average2
|
4.1
|
3.3
|
1.7
|
(1.3)
|
|
2.2
|
3.1
|
2.4
|
3.8
|
Quarterly peak
|
5.3
|
3.5
|
1.9
|
2.3
|
|
3.5
|
3.2
|
2.9
|
6.8
|
Quarterly trough
|
3.2
|
3.1
|
1.6
|
(5.6)
|
|
1.5
|
3.0
|
2.1
|
(2.6)
|
Monte Carlo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Low3
|
(1.0)
|
2.8
|
0.6
|
(10.1)
|
|
(1.8)
|
1.8
|
0.3
|
(13.1)
|
High4
|
9.3
|
3.7
|
3.0
|
7.8
|
|
5.8
|
5.1
|
5.3
|
22.2
|
|
2024 year-end
forecasts
|
Singapore
|
|
Korea
|
GDP growth
(YoY%)
|
Unemployment6
%
|
3-month
interest rates
%
|
House prices
(YoY%)
|
GDP growth
(YoY%)
|
Unemployment
%
|
3-month
interest rates
%
|
House prices
(YoY %)
|
Base forecast1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2024
|
3.5
|
2.9
|
3.6
|
4.3
|
|
2.5
|
2.8
|
3.6
|
(0.4)
|
2025
|
2.4
|
2.7
|
1.9
|
0.4
|
|
2.0
|
2.8
|
3.0
|
4.3
|
2026
|
2.1
|
2.7
|
1.9
|
2.2
|
|
2.2
|
2.8
|
2.9
|
3.4
|
2027
|
2.2
|
2.7
|
2.0
|
3.0
|
|
2.1
|
2.8
|
2.9
|
2.4
|
2028
|
2.4
|
2.7
|
2.0
|
3.1
|
|
1.9
|
2.8
|
2.9
|
2.1
|
5-year average2
|
2.3
|
2.7
|
2.0
|
2.4
|
|
2.0
|
2.8
|
2.9
|
2.8
|
Quarterly peak
|
3.4
|
2.8
|
2.4
|
3.2
|
|
2.2
|
2.9
|
3.2
|
4.8
|
Quarterly trough
|
0.6
|
2.7
|
1.6
|
(0.4)
|
|
1.5
|
2.8
|
2.9
|
1.9
|
Monte Carlo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Low3
|
(2.7)
|
2.0
|
0.3
|
(10.5)
|
|
(1.3)
|
2.2
|
0.8
|
(4.3)
|
High4
|
7.0
|
3.6
|
3.9
|
17.5
|
|
5.2
|
3.5
|
5.7
|
9.8
|
Page
51
|
2024 year-end forecasts
|
India
|
Brent Crude
$ pb
|
GDP growth
(YoY%)
|
Unemployment7
%
|
3-month
interest rates
%
|
House prices
(YoY%)
|
Base forecast1
|
|
|
|
|
|
2024
|
6.9
|
NA
|
6.4
|
6.3
|
78.3
|
2025
|
6.5
|
NA
|
6.1
|
6.5
|
77.1
|
2026
|
6.5
|
NA
|
6.0
|
6.4
|
76.4
|
2027
|
6.6
|
NA
|
6.0
|
6.4
|
77.3
|
2028
|
6.6
|
NA
|
6.0
|
6.3
|
75.3
|
5-year average2
|
6.6
|
NA
|
6.0
|
6.4
|
76.2
|
Quarterly peak
|
7.1
|
NA
|
6.2
|
7.3
|
77.8
|
Quarterly trough
|
5.9
|
NA
|
6.0
|
6.0
|
74.8
|
Monte Carlo
|
|
|
|
|
|
Low3
|
3.2
|
NA
|
1.9
|
(0.1)
|
44.5
|
High4
|
10.0
|
NA
|
10.3
|
12.6
|
107.8
|
|
2023 year-end forecasts
|
China
|
|
Hong Kong
|
GDP growth
(YoY%)
|
Unemployment
%
|
3-month
interest rates
%
|
House prices5
(YoY%)
|
GDP growth
(YoY%)
|
Unemployment
%
|
3-month
interest rates
%
|
House prices
(YoY%)
|
5-year average2
|
4.3
|
4.0
|
2.1
|
4.6
|
|
2.5
|
3.4
|
3.4
|
2.8
|
Quarterly peak
|
5.7
|
4.1
|
2.5
|
7.2
|
|
3.8
|
3.4
|
5.0
|
4.6
|
Quarterly trough
|
3.8
|
3.8
|
1.7
|
1.5
|
|
1.5
|
3.4
|
2.3
|
(1.1)
|
Monte Carlo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Low3
|
0.6
|
3.3
|
0.8
|
(1.5)
|
|
(3.8)
|
1.4
|
0.3
|
(19.3)
|
High4
|
7.7
|
4.4
|
3.8
|
12.0
|
|
8.2
|
6.4
|
8.3
|
25.5
|
|
2023 year-end forecasts
|
Singapore
|
|
Korea
|
GDP growth
(YoY%)
|
Unemployment6
%
|
3-month
interest rates
%
|
House prices
(YoY%)
|
GDP growth
(YoY%)
|
Unemployment
%
|
3-month
interest rates
%
|
House prices
(YoY%)
|
5-year average2
|
2.9
|
2.8
|
2.9
|
2.2
|
|
2.3
|
3.1
|
3.1
|
3.3
|
Quarterly peak
|
3.8
|
2.9
|
4.1
|
3.9
|
|
2.6
|
3.5
|
3.7
|
5.3
|
Quarterly trough
|
1.9
|
2.8
|
2.3
|
(0.7)
|
|
2.0
|
3.0
|
3.1
|
(0.3)
|
Monte Carlo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Low3
|
(2.4)
|
1.7
|
0.6
|
(16.2)
|
|
(2.3)
|
1.4
|
0.7
|
(6.1)
|
High4
|
8.5
|
3.8
|
5.9
|
19.2
|
|
7.0
|
5.8
|
6.3
|
12.5
|
|
2023 year-end forecasts
|
India
|
Brent crude
$ pb
|
GDP growth
(YoY%)
|
Unemployment
%
|
3-month
interest rates
%
|
House prices
(YoY%)
|
5-year average2
|
6.2
|
NA
|
6.2
|
6.1
|
88.2
|
Quarterly peak
|
9.1
|
NA
|
6.3
|
6.5
|
93.8
|
Quarterly trough
|
4.4
|
NA
|
5.8
|
4.7
|
82.8
|
Monte Carlo
|
|
|
|
|
|
Low3
|
2.1
|
NA
|
2.7
|
(0.5)
|
46.0
|
High4
|
10.5
|
NA
|
9.9
|
13.8
|
137.8
|
1 Data presented are those used in
the calculation of ECL and presented as average growth for the
year. These may differ slightly to forecasts presented elsewhere in
the Annual Report as they are finalised before the period
end
2 5 year averages covering 20
quarters from Q1 2025 to Q4 2029 for the 2024 annual report. They
cover Q1 2024 to Q4 2028 for the numbers reported for the 2023
annual report
3 Represents the 10th percentile in
the range of economic scenarios used to determine
non-linearity
4 Represents the 90th percentile in
the range of economic scenarios used to determine
non-linearity
5 A judgemental management
adjustment is held in respect of the China commercial real estate
sector, as discussed below
6 Singapore unemployment rate
covers the resident unemployment rate, which refers to citizens and
permanent residents
7 India unemployment is not
available due to insufficient data
Page
52
Impact of multiple economic
scenarios
The final probability weighted ECL reported by
the Group is a simple average of the ECL for each of the 50
scenarios simulated using a Monte Carlo model. The Monte Carlo
approach has the advantage that it generates many alternative
scenarios that cover our global footprint. The range of scenarios
is restricted through the use of ceilings and floors applied to the
underlying macroeconomic variables. The current set of ceilings and
floors generated a relatively narrow range of forecasts at 31
December 2024 and will be redeveloped in the first quarter of
2025.
Prior to this, a $28 million non-linearity PMA
has been applied, $13 million for CIB and $15 million for WRB. The
total amount of non-linearity has been estimated by assigning
probability weights of 68 per cent, 22 per cent and 10 per cent
respectively to the Base Forecast, 'Higher for Longer Commodities
and Rates', and 'Global Trade and Geopolitical Tensions' scenarios
which are presented below and comparing this to the unweighted Base
Forecast ECL. The non-linearity PMA represents the difference
between the probability weighted ECL calculated using the three
scenarios and the probability weighted ECL calculated by the Monte
Carlo model.
The total amount of non-linearity including the
PMA is $43 million (31 December 2023: $44 million). The CIB
portfolio accounted for $24 million (31 December 2023: $20 million)
of the calculated non-linearity, with the remaining $19 million (31
December 2023: $18 million) attributable to WRB
portfolios.
The impact of multiple economic scenarios on
total modelled ECL is set out in the table below, together with the
management overlay and other judgemental adjustments.
|
Base forecast
$million
|
Multiple economic scenarios1
$million
|
Management overlays
and other judgemental adjustments
$million
|
Total
modelled ECL2
$million
|
Total modelled expected credit loss at 31
December 2024
|
1,048
|
43
|
190
|
1,281
|
Total modelled expected credit loss at 31
December 2023
|
1,071
|
44
|
165
|
1,280
|
1 Includes an upwards
judgemental PMA of $28 million (31 December 2023: nil)
2 Total modelled ECL
comprises stage 1 and stage 2 balances of $1,130 million (31
December 2023: $1,105 million) and $151 million (31 December 2023:
$193 million) of modelled ECL on stage 3 loans
The average ECL under multiple scenarios is 4
per cent (31 December 2023: 4 per cent) higher than the ECL
calculated using only the most likely scenario (the Base Forecast).
Portfolios that are more sensitive to non-linearity include those
with greater leverage and/or a longer tenor, such as Project and
Shipping Finance portfolios. Other portfolios display minimal
non-linearity owing to limited responsiveness to macroeconomic
impacts for structural reasons, such as significant
collateralisation as with the WRB mortgage portfolios.
Page
53
Judgemental adjustments
As at 31 December 2024, the Group held
judgemental adjustments for ECL as set out in the table below. All
of the judgemental adjustments have been determined after taking
account of the model performance PMAs reported on below. They are
reassessed quarterly and are reviewed and approved by the IFRS 9
Impairment Committee (IIC) and will be released when no longer
relevant.
31 December 2024
|
Corporate & Investment Banking
$million
|
Wealth & Retail Banking
|
Ventures
$million
|
Central & other
$million
|
Total
$million
|
Mortgages
$million
|
Credit
Cards
$million
|
Other
$million
|
Total
$million
|
Judgemental post model adjustments
|
13
|
-
|
9
|
(17)
|
(8)
|
-
|
-
|
5
|
Judgemental management overlays:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- China CRE
|
70
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
70
|
- Other
|
109
|
-
|
5
|
22
|
27
|
7
|
-
|
143
|
Total judgemental adjustments
|
192
|
-
|
14
|
5
|
19
|
7
|
-
|
218
|
Judgemental adjustments by stage:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 1
|
27
|
-
|
10
|
(11)
|
(1)
|
4
|
-
|
30
|
Stage 2
|
165
|
-
|
5
|
25
|
30
|
3
|
-
|
198
|
Stage 3
|
-
|
-
|
(1)
|
(9)
|
(10)
|
-
|
-
|
(10)
|
31 December 2023
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Judgemental post model adjustments
|
-
|
-
|
1
|
1
|
2
|
-
|
-
|
2
|
Judgemental management overlays:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- China CRE
|
141
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
141
|
- Other
|
-
|
1
|
2
|
2
|
5
|
-
|
17
|
22
|
Total judgemental adjustments
|
141
|
1
|
3
|
3
|
7
|
-
|
17
|
165
|
Judgemental adjustments by stage:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 1
|
17
|
1
|
3
|
6
|
10
|
-
|
-
|
27
|
Stage 2
|
124
|
-
|
-
|
(3)
|
(3)
|
-
|
17
|
138
|
Stage 3
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Judgemental PMAs
As at 31 December 2024, judgemental PMAs to
increase ECL by a net $5 million (31 December 2023: $2 million
increase) have been applied. $28 million (31 December 2023: nil) of
the increase in ECL related to multiple economic scenarios, $13
million in CIB and $15 million in WRB (see 'Impact of multiple
economic scenarios' section). This was partly offset by a reduction
of ECL of $23 million for certain WRB models, primarily to adjust
for temporary factors impacting modelled outputs. These will be
released when these factors normalise.
Judgemental management overlays
China CRE
The real estate market in China has been in a
downturn since late 2021, as evidenced by continued decline in
sales, and investments in the sector. Liquidity issues experienced
by Chinese property developers continued into 2023, with more
developers defaulting on their obligations both offshore and
onshore. During 2023, authorities on the mainland introduced a slew
of policies to help revive the sector and restore buying
sentiments. Relaxed monetary policy and fiscal stimulus packages
continued in 2024, which had assisted in arresting the drop in new
home sales and stabilising new home sales in late 2024 to an extent
in some cities, but home prices remain muted overall. Continued
policy relaxations, including those related to house purchase
restrictions, completion support for eligible projects from onshore
financial institutions, relaxation in mortgage rates, and further
support for affordable housing, are key for reversing the continued
decline in sales and investments and ensuring continued
stabilisation in 2025.
The Group's loans and advances to China CRE
clients was $1.9 billion at 31 December 2024 (31 December 2023:
$2.4 billion). Heightened risk management continues to be carried
out, with a focus on managing upcoming maturities through
refinancing and/or repayment. No new financing transactions were
entered into, and total repayments amounted to around $500 million
during 2024. Clients with exposure maturing within the next 12
months have been placed on purely precautionary or non-purely
precautionary early alert, where appropriate, for closer
monitoring. Given the evolving nature of the risks in the China CRE
sector, a management overlay of $70 million (31 December 2023: $141
million) has been taken by estimating the impact of further
deterioration to exposures in this sector. The decrease from 31
December 2023 was primarily driven by repayments and utilisation
due to movement to stage 3.
Page
54
Other
In CIB, additional overlays of $109 million (31
December 2023: nil) have been taken, $58 million of which is in
Hong Kong, with the remainder relating to Bangladesh and an
immaterial amount for climate risks. The overlay in Hong Kong
reflects subdued economic activity and increasing commercial
property vacancy rates, which contributes to an uncertain outlook
that are not yet fully reflected in the credit grades and modelled
ECL. The risk of further impairment remains as a result of subdued
economic activity in the property sector and the related liquidity
constraints faced by counterparties as a result. The overlay in
Bangladesh reflects the political situation that has contributed to
an increasing level of uncertainty in the macroeconomic outlook.
The overlays for Hong Kong and Bangladesh have been determined by
estimating the impact of a deterioration to certain exposures in
these countries.
In WRB, overlays of $27 million includes $21
million in Korea to cover the risks relating to the failure of two
e-commerce payment platforms in 2024, increased bankruptcy trends
in certain markets and an immaterial adjustment for climate
risks.
Further details on the adjustment for Climate
Risk are set out in Note 1 of the 'Notes to the financial
statements' section.
Overlays held at 31 December 2023 of $5 million
in WRB to capture macroeconomic environment challenges caused by
sovereign defaults or heightened sovereign risk, and $17 million
applied in Central and other items due to a temporary market
dislocation in the Africa and Middle East region which were fully
released during 2024.
Stage 3 assets
Credit-impaired assets managed by Stressed Asset
Group (SAG) incorporate forward-looking economic assumptions in
respect of the recovery outcomes identified and are assigned
individual probability weightings per IFRS 9. These assumptions are
not based on a Monte Carlo simulation but are informed by the Base
Forecast.
Sensitivity of ECL calculation to macroeconomic
variables
The ECL calculation relies on multiple variables
and is inherently non-linear and portfolio-dependent, which implies
that no single analysis can fully demonstrate the sensitivity of
the ECL to changes in the macroeconomic variables. The Group has
conducted a series of analyses with the aim of identifying the
macroeconomic variables which might have the greatest impact on the
overall ECL. These encompassed single variable and multi-variable
exercises, using simple up/down variation and extracts from actual
calculation data, as well as bespoke scenario design
assessments.
The primary conclusion of these exercises is
that no individual macroeconomic variable is materially
influential. The Group believes this is plausible as the number of
variables used in the ECL calculation is large. This does not mean
that macroeconomic variables are uninfluential; rather, that the
Group believes that consideration of macroeconomics should involve
whole scenarios, as this aligns with the multi-variable nature of
the calculation.
The Group faces downside risks in the operating
environment related to the uncertainties surrounding the
macroeconomic outlook. To explore this, a sensitivity analysis of
ECL was undertaken to explore the effect of slower economic
recoveries across the Group's footprint markets. Two downside
scenarios were considered in particular to explore the current
uncertainties over commodity prices. The 'Global Trade and
Geopolitical Tensions' scenario is characterised by an escalating
trade war between the US and China and other economies. The 'Higher
for Longer Commodities and Rates' scenario explores the impact from
stickier than expected inflation due to persistent shipping
disruptions and rise in energy prices amid fears of an escalation
of the Middle East conflict.
|
Baseline
|
|
Global Trade and
Geopolitical Tensions
|
|
Higher for longer:
Commodities and Rates
|
Five year average
|
Peak/Trough
|
Five year average
|
Peak/Trough
|
Five year average
|
Peak/Trough
|
China GDP
|
4.1
|
5.3/3.2
|
|
0.8
|
3.8/(2.6)
|
|
3.5
|
4.3/1.8
|
China unemployment
|
3.3
|
3.5/3.1
|
|
4.9
|
5.5/3.8
|
|
4.3
|
5.2/3.1
|
China property prices
|
(1.3)
|
2.3/(5.6)
|
|
(5.1)
|
11.1 /(47.6)
|
|
(1.4)
|
8.6/(24.5)
|
Hong Kong GDP
|
2.2
|
3.5/1.5
|
|
(1.0)
|
1.6/(8.0)
|
|
1.4
|
2.2/(0.1)
|
Hong Kong unemployment
|
3.1
|
3.2/3.0
|
|
6.2
|
7.2/3.7
|
|
4.7
|
6.3/3.2
|
Hong Kong property prices
|
3.8
|
6.8/(2.6)
|
|
(0.1)
|
30.9/(34.8)
|
|
2.8
|
8.9/(3.5)
|
US GDP
|
2.0
|
2.6/1.1
|
|
0.3
|
2.2/(3.2)
|
|
1.1
|
2.5/(2.1)
|
Singapore GDP
|
2.3
|
3.4/0.6
|
|
0.0
|
3.1/(5.9)
|
|
1.6
|
2.8/(2.3)
|
India GDP
|
6.6
|
7.1/5.9
|
|
4.7
|
6.7/0.8
|
|
6.1
|
7.4/4.3
|
Crude oil
|
76.2
|
77.8/74.8
|
|
59.1
|
86. 2/46.2
|
|
84.9
|
113.4/74.8
|
Period covered from Q1 2025 to Q4
2029
Page
55
|
Base (GDP, YoY%)
|
|
Global Trade and Geopolitical
Tensions
|
|
Difference from Base
|
2025
|
2026
|
2027
|
2028
|
2029
|
2025
|
2026
|
2027
|
2028
|
2029
|
2025
|
2026
|
2027
|
2028
|
2029
|
China
|
4.5
|
4.3
|
4.1
|
3.9
|
3.8
|
|
2.1
|
(2.0)
|
(1.0)
|
1.4
|
3.5
|
|
(2.4)
|
(6.3)
|
(5.1)
|
(2.6)
|
(0.3)
|
Hong Kong
|
2.9
|
2.5
|
2.1
|
1.9
|
1.6
|
|
(6.3)
|
(1.4)
|
0.1
|
0.9
|
1.4
|
|
(9.1)
|
(3.9)
|
(2.0)
|
(1.0)
|
(0.2)
|
US
|
1.4
|
2.2
|
2.4
|
2.1
|
2.0
|
|
(0.9)
|
(2.2)
|
0.8
|
1.8
|
2.2
|
|
(2.3)
|
(4.4)
|
(1.6)
|
(0.3)
|
0.1
|
Singapore
|
2.4
|
2.1
|
2.2
|
2.4
|
2.5
|
|
(2.9)
|
(3.5)
|
1.0
|
2.8
|
2.6
|
|
(5.3)
|
(5.6)
|
(1.2)
|
0.4
|
0.1
|
India
|
6.8
|
6.3
|
6.7
|
6.5
|
6.5
|
|
4.6
|
1.8
|
5.3
|
5.8
|
6.1
|
|
(2.2)
|
(4.4)
|
(1.4)
|
(0.8)
|
(0.4)
|
Each year is from Q1 to Q4. For example 2025 is
from Q1 2025 to Q4 2025.
|
Base (GDP, YoY%)
|
|
Higher for longer: Commodities and
Rates
|
|
Difference from Base
|
2025
|
2026
|
2027
|
2028
|
2029
|
2025
|
2026
|
2027
|
2028
|
2029
|
2025
|
2026
|
2027
|
2028
|
2029
|
China
|
4.5
|
4.3
|
4.1
|
3.9
|
3.8
|
|
2.5
|
3.3
|
4.1
|
3.9
|
3.8
|
|
(2.0)
|
(1.0)
|
0.0
|
0.0
|
(0.0)
|
Hong Kong
|
2.9
|
2.5
|
2.1
|
1.9
|
1.6
|
|
0.3
|
1.1
|
2.1
|
1.9
|
1.6
|
|
(2.6)
|
(1.4)
|
(0.0)
|
(0.0)
|
0.0
|
US
|
1.4
|
2.2
|
2.4
|
2.1
|
2.0
|
|
(1.4)
|
0.5
|
2.4
|
2.1
|
2.0
|
|
(2.8)
|
(1.7)
|
(0.0)
|
0.0
|
0.0
|
Singapore
|
2.4
|
2.1
|
2.2
|
2.4
|
2.5
|
|
(0.2)
|
0.9
|
2.2
|
2.4
|
2.5
|
|
(2.6)
|
(1.2)
|
(0.0)
|
(0.0)
|
0.0
|
India
|
6.8
|
6.3
|
6.7
|
6.5
|
6.5
|
|
4.9
|
5.8
|
6.7
|
6.5
|
6.5
|
|
(1.9)
|
(0.5)
|
(0.0)
|
0.0
|
0.0
|
Each year is from Q1 to Q4. For example 2025 is
from Q1 2025 to Q4 2025
The total modelled stage 1 and 2 ECL provisions
(including both on and off-balance sheet instruments) would be
approximately $84 million higher under the 'Higher for Longer
Commodities and Rates' scenario, and $258 million higher under the
'Global Trade and Geopolitical Tensions' scenario than the baseline
ECL provisions (which excluded the impact of multiple economic
scenarios and management overlays which may already capture some of
the risks in these scenarios). Stage 2 exposures as a proportion of
stage 1 and 2 exposures would increase from 2.7 per cent in the
base case to 2.8 per cent and 3.5 per cent respectively under the
'Higher for Longer Commodities and Rates', and 'Global Trade and
Geopolitical Tensions' scenarios. This includes the impact of
exposures transferring to stage 2 from stage 1 but does not
consider an increase in stage 3 defaults.
Under both scenarios, the majority of the
increase in ECL in CIB came from the main corporate CRE and Project
Finance portfolios. For the main corporate portfolios, ECL would
increase by $18 million and $47 million for 'Higher for Longer
Commodities and Rates', and 'Global Trade and Geopolitical
Tensions' scenarios respectively and the proportion of stage 2
exposures would increase from 4.1 per cent in the base case to 4.3
per cent and 6.1 per cent respectively.
For the WRB portfolios, most of the increase in
ECL came from the unsecured retail portfolios, particularly Korea
Personal Loans and the credit card portfolios in Hong Kong and
Singapore, although Private Banking was also impacted in the
'Global Trade and Geopolitical Tensions' scenario. Under the
'Higher for Longer Commodities and Rates', and 'Global Trade and
Geopolitical Tensions' scenarios, Credit card ECL would increase by
$18 million and $32 million respectively, largely in the Singapore
and Hong Kong portfolios and the proportion of stage 2 credit card
exposures would increase from 1.8 per cent in the base case to 2.3
per cent and 2.9 per cent for each scenario respectively, with the
Singapore portfolio most impacted. Mortgages ECL would increase by
$2 million and $19 million for each scenario respectively, with
portfolios in Korea impacted in the 'Higher for Longer Commodities
and Rates' scenario, and Malaysia in the 'Global Trade and
Geopolitical Tensions' scenario, and the proportion of stage 2
mortgages would increase from 1.0 per cent in the base case to 1.4
per cent and 1.3 per cent respectively.
There was no material change in modelled stage 3
provisions as these primarily relate to unsecured WRB exposures for
which the LGD is not sensitive to changes in the macroeconomic
forecasts. There is also no material change for non-modelled stage
3 exposures as these are more sensitive to client specific factors
than to alternative macroeconomic scenarios.
The actual outcome of any scenario may be
materially different due to, among other factors, the effect of
management actions to mitigate potential increases in risk and
changes in the underlying portfolio.
Page
56
|
Gross as
reported1
$million
|
ECL as
reported2
$million
|
ECL Base case
$million
|
Higher for Longer Commodities and Rates
$million
|
Global Trade
and Geopolitical Tensions
$million
|
Stage 1 modelled
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate & Investment Banking
|
367,106
|
106
|
95
|
113
|
125
|
Wealth & Retail Banking
|
179,580
|
397
|
387
|
406
|
428
|
Ventures
|
1,391
|
27
|
27
|
27
|
27
|
Central & Other items
|
172,602
|
22
|
22
|
23
|
25
|
Total stage 1 excluding management
judgements
|
720,679
|
552
|
531
|
569
|
605
|
Stage 2 modelled
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate & Investment Banking
|
14,869
|
198
|
185
|
206
|
315
|
Wealth & Retail Banking
|
2,030
|
116
|
107
|
132
|
161
|
Ventures
|
48
|
24
|
24
|
24
|
24
|
Central & Other items
|
1,660
|
1
|
1
|
1
|
1
|
Total stage 2 excluding management
judgements
|
18,607
|
339
|
317
|
363
|
501
|
Total Stage 1 & 2 modelled
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate & Investment Banking
|
381,975
|
304
|
280
|
319
|
440
|
Wealth & Retail Banking
|
181,610
|
513
|
494
|
538
|
589
|
Ventures
|
1,439
|
51
|
51
|
51
|
51
|
Central & Other items
|
174,262
|
23
|
23
|
24
|
26
|
Total excluding management
judgements
|
739,286
|
891
|
848
|
932
|
1,106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 3 exposures excluding other
assets
|
6,999
|
4,095
|
|
|
|
Other financial assets3
|
101,755
|
63
|
|
|
|
ECL from management judgements
|
|
218
|
|
|
|
Total financial assets reported at 31 December
2024
|
848,040
|
5,267
|
|
|
|
1 Gross balances
includes both on- and off- balance sheet instruments; allocation
between stage 1 and 2 will differ by scenario
2 Includes ECL for
both on- and off-balance sheet instruments
3 Includes cash and
balances at central banks, Accrued income, Other financial assets;
and Assets held for sale
Significant increase in Credit Risk
(SICR)
Quantitative criteria
SICR is assessed by comparing the risk of
default at the reporting date to the risk of default at
origination. Whether a change in the risk of default is significant
or not is assessed using quantitative and qualitative criteria.
These criteria have been separately defined for each business and
where meaningful are consistently applied across business
lines.
Assets are considered to have experienced SICR
if they have breached both relative and absolute thresholds for the
change in the average annualised IFRS 9 lifetime probability of
default (IFRS 9 PD) over the residual term of the
exposure.
The absolute measure of increase in credit risk
is used to capture instances where the IFRS 9 PDs on exposures are
relatively low at initial recognition as these may increase by
several multiples without representing a significant increase in
credit risk. Where IFRS 9 PDs are relatively high at initial
recognition, a relative measure is more appropriate in assessing
whether there is a significant increase in credit risk, as the IFRS
9 PDs increase more quickly.
The SICR thresholds have been calibrated based
on the following principles:
• Stability - The
thresholds are set to achieve a stable stage 2 population at a
portfolio level, trying to minimise the number of accounts moving
back and forth between stage 1 and stage 2 in a short period of
time
• Accuracy - The
thresholds are set such that there is a materially higher
propensity for stage 2 exposures to eventually default than is the
case for stage 1 exposures
• Dependency from
backstops - The thresholds are stringent enough such that a high
proportion of accounts transfer to stage 2 due to movements in
forward-looking IFRS 9 PDs rather than relying on backward-looking
backstops such as arrears
• Relationship with
business and product risk profiles - the thresholds reflect the
relative risk differences between different products, and are
aligned to business processes
Page
57
For CIB clients the quantitative thresholds are
a relative 100 per cent increase in IFRS 9 PD and an absolute
change in IFRS 9 PD of between 50 and 100 bps for investment grade
and sub-investment grade assets. For debt securities originated
before 1 January 2018, the bank is utilising the low Credit Risk
simplified approach, where debt securities with an internal credit
rating mapped to an investment grade equivalent are allocated to
stage 1 and all other debt securities are allocated to stage
2.
For WRB (excluding Private Banking) clients,
portfolio specific quantitative thresholds are applied to Credit
Card portfolios in Hong Kong, Singapore, Malaysia and UAE and
Personal Loan portfolios in Taiwan (with a revision to the
thresholds applied in 2024). During 2024 portfolio specific
quantitative thresholds are also now being applied to Hong Kong
Personal Loans and Business Clients Mortgage portfolio in India.
The impact of the threshold changes in 2024 was not material. For
Credit Card portfolios, the thresholds include relative and
absolute increases in IFRS 9 PD with average lifetime IFRS 9 PD
cut-offs for those exposures that are within a range of customer
utilisation limit. For Personal Loans portfolios, the thresholds
include relative and absolute increases in IFRS 9 PD cut-offs for
those exposures that are over six months old in the portfolio, have
certain months left in the loan tenor and have certain behaviour
scores. For Business Clients Mortgage, the threshold includes
relative and absolute increases in IFRS 9 PD cut-offs for those
exposures that were in high arrear grade bucket at least once in
the last 12 months.
The range of thresholds applied are:
Portfolio
|
Relative IFRS 9
PD increase
(%)
|
Absolute IFRS 9
PD increase
(%)
|
Customer
utilisation
(%)
|
Remaining tenor
(months)
|
Average
IFRS 9 PD
(lifetime)
|
Credit cards - Current
|
50-150%
|
3.4% - 9.3%
|
15% - 90%
|
-
|
4.51% - 11.6%
|
Credit cards - 1-29 days past due
|
100% - 210%
|
3.5% - 6.1%
|
25% - 67%
|
-
|
1.5% - 18.5%
|
Personal loans - Current
|
100% - 250%
|
1.0%
|
-
|
>60
|
-
|
Personal loan - 1-29 days past due
|
200% - 300%
|
1.5%
|
-
|
>12
|
-
|
Business Client Mortgages - Current
|
100%
|
4.4%
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Business Client Mortgages - 1-29 days past
due
|
100%
|
7.0%
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
For all other material WRB portfolios
(excluding Private Banking) for which a statistical model has been
built, the quantitative SICR thresholds applied are a relative
threshold of 100 per cent increase in IFRS 9 PD and an absolute
change in IFRS 9 PD of between 100 and 350 bps depending on the
product. Certain countries have a higher absolute threshold
reflecting the lower default rate within their personal loan
portfolios compared with the Group's other personal loan
portfolios. The original lifetime IFRS 9 PD term structure is
determined based on the original application score or risk segment
of the client.
For all Private Banking classes, in line with
risk management practice, an increase in credit risk is deemed to
have occurred where margining or loan-to-value covenants have been
breached. For Class I assets (lending against diversified liquid
collateral), if these margining requirements have not been met
within 30 days of a trigger, a significant increase in credit risk
is assumed to have occurred. For Class I and Class III assets
(real-estate lending), a significant increase in credit risk is
assumed to have occurred where the bank is unable to 'sell down'
the applicable assets to meet revised collateral requirements
within five days of a trigger. Class II assets are typically
unsecured or partially secured, or secured against illiquid
collateral such as shares in private companies. Significant credit
deterioration of these assets is deemed to have occurred when any
early alert trigger has been breached.
Qualitative criteria
Qualitative factors that indicate that there has
been a significant increase in credit risk include processes linked
to current risk management, such as placing loans on non-purely
precautionary early alert or being assigned a CG12 rating. An
account is placed on non-purely precautionary early alert if it
exhibits risk or potential weaknesses of a material nature
requiring closer monitoring, supervision or attention by
management. Weaknesses in such a borrower's account, if left
uncorrected, could result in deterioration of repayment prospects
and the likelihood of being downgraded. Indicators could include a
rapid erosion of position within the industry, concerns over
management's ability to manage operations, weak/deteriorating
operating results, liquidity strain and overdue balances, among
other factors.
All client assets that have been assigned a CG12
rating, equivalent to 'Higher risk', are deemed to have experienced
a significant increase in credit risk. Accounts rated CG12 are
primarily managed by relationship managers in the CIB unit with
support from SAG for certain accounts. All CIB clients are placed
in CG12 when they are 30 DPD unless they are granted a waiver
through a strict governance process.
Page
58
In WRB, SICR is also assessed for where specific
risk elevation events have occurred in a market that are not yet
reflected in modelled outcomes or in other metrics. This is applied
collectively either to impacted specific products/customer cohorts
or across the overall consumer banking portfolio in the affected
market.
Backstop
Across all portfolios, accounts that are 30 or
more days past due (DPD) on contractual payments of principal
and/or interest that have not been captured by the criteria above
are considered to have experienced a significant increase in credit
risk. For less material portfolios, which are modelled based on a
roll-rate or loss-rate approach, SICR is primarily assessed through
the 30 DPD trigger.
Expert credit judgement may be applied in
assessing SICR to the extent that certain risks may not have been
captured by the models or through the above criteria. Such
instances are expected to be rare, for example due to events and
material uncertainties arising close to the reporting
date.
Assessment of credit-impaired financial
assets
WRB clients
The core components in determining
credit-impaired ECL provisions are the value of gross charge-off
and recoveries. Gross charge-off and/or loss provisions are
recognised when it is established that the account is unlikely to
pay through the normal process. Recovery of unsecured debt post
credit impairment is recognised based on actual cash collected,
either directly from clients or through the sale of defaulted loans
to third-party institutions. Release of credit impairment
provisions for secured loans is recognised if the loan outstanding
is paid in full (release of full provision), or the provision is
higher than the loan outstanding (release of the excess
provision).
CIB and Private Banking clients
Credit-impaired accounts are managed by the
Group's specialist recovery unit, Stressed Asset Group (SAG), which
is independent of the Client Coverage/Relationship Managers. Where
a portion of exposure is considered not recoverable, a stage 3
credit impairment provision is raised. This stage 3 provision is
the difference between the loan-carrying amount and the
probability-weighted present value of estimated future cash flows,
reflecting a range of scenarios (typically the 'upside', 'downside'
and 'likely' recovery outcomes). Where the exposure is secured by
collateral, the values used will incorporate the impact of
forward-looking economic information on the value recoverable
collateral and time to realise the same.
The individual circumstances of each client are
considered when SAG estimates future cashflows and the timing of
future recoveries which involves significant judgement. All
available sources, such as cashflow arising from operations,
selling assets or subsidiaries, realising collateral or payments
under guarantees, are considered. In any decision relating to the
raising of provisions, the Group attempts to balance economic
conditions, local knowledge and experience, and the results of
independent asset reviews. The individual impairment provisions
(viz. those not directly from a model) are approved by Stressed
Assets Risk (SAR) who are in the Second Line of Defence.
Write-offs
Where it is considered that there is no
realistic prospect of recovering a portion of an exposure against
which an impairment provision has been raised, that amount will be
written off.
Governance of PMAs and application of expert
credit judgement in respect of ECL
The Group's Credit Policy and Standards
framework details the requirements for continuous monitoring to
identify any changes in credit quality and resultant ratings, as
well as ensuring a consistent approach to monitoring, managing and
mitigating credit risks. The framework aligns with the governance
of ECL estimation through the early recognition of significant
deteriorations in ratings which drive stage 2 and 3 ECL.
The models used in determining ECL are reviewed
and approved by the Group Credit Model Assessment Committee (CMAC)
or Delegate Model Approver (DMA), which is appointed by the Model
Risk Committee. CMAC has the responsibility to assess and approve
the use of models and to review all IFRS 9 interpretations related
to models. CMAC also provides oversight on operational matters
related to model development, performance monitoring and model
validation activities, including standards and regulatory
matters.
Prior to submission to CMAC for approval, the
models are validated by GMV, a function which is independent of the
business and the model developers. GMV's analysis comprises review
of model documentation, model design and methodology, data
validation, review of the model development and calibration
process, out-of-sample performance testing, and assessment of
compliance review against IFRS 9 rules and internal
standards.
Page
59
Model performance PMAs
The process of PMA identification, calculation
and approval are prescribed in the Credit Risk IFRS 9 ECL Model
Family Standards, which are approved by the Global Head, Model Risk
Management. PMA calculations are reviewed by GMV and submitted to
CMAC for approval and will be removed when the estimates return to
being within the monitoring thresholds or validation standards. The
level of PMAs and remediation plans are regularly tracked at
CMAC.
Judgemental adjustments
These comprise judgemental PMAs and judgemental
management overlays, and account for events that are not captured
in the Base Case Forecast or the resulting ECL calculated by the
models. Judgemental adjustments must be approved by the IIC having
considered the nature of the event, why the risk is not captured in
the model, and the basis on which the quantum of the overlay has
been calculated. Judgemental adjustments are subject to quarterly
review and re-approval by the IIC, and will be released when the
risks are no longer relevant.
The IFRS 9 Impairment Committee:
• oversees the
appropriateness of all Business Model Assessment and Solely
Payments of Principal and Interest (SPPI) tests
• reviews and approves
ECL for financial assets classified as stages 1, 2 and 3 for each
financial reporting period
• reviews and approves
stage allocation rules and thresholds
• approves material
adjustments in relation to ECL for fair value through other
comprehensive income (FVOCI) and amortised cost financial
assets
• reviews, challenges
and approves base macroeconomic forecasts and the multiple
macroeconomic scenarios approach that are utilised in the
forward-looking ECL calculations
The IIC consists of senior representatives from
Risk and Finance. It meets at least twice every quarter - once
before the models are run to approve key inputs into the
calculation, and once after the models are run to approve the ECL
provisions and any judgemental management overlays that may be
necessary.
The IIC is supported by an Expert Panel which
also reviews and challenges the base case projections and multiple
macroeconomic scenarios. The Expert Panel consists of members of
Enterprise Risk Management (which includes the Scenario Design
team), Finance, Group Economic Research and country representatives
of major jurisdictions.
Traded Risk
Market Risk (audited)
Market Risk is the potential for fair value loss
due to adverse moves in financial markets. The Group's exposure to
Market Risk arises predominantly from the following
sources:
• Trading
book:
- The Group
provides clients with access to markets, facilitation of which
entails the Group taking moderate Market Risk positions. All
trading teams support client activity. There are no proprietary
trading teams. Hence, income earned from Market Risk-related
activities is primarily driven by the volume of client
activity.
• Non-trading
book:
- Treasury is
required to hold a liquid assets buffer, much of which is held in
high-quality marketable debt securities
- The Group
underwrites and sells down loans, and invests in select investment
grade debt securities with no trading intent
- The Group has
capital invested and related income streams denominated in
currencies other than US dollars. To the extent that these income
streams are not hedged, the Group is subject to Structural Foreign
Exchange Risk which is reflected in reserves.
A summary of our current policies and practices
regarding Market Risk management is provided in the 'Principal
Risks' section.
Page
60
The primary categories of Market Risk for the
Group are:
• Interest Rate Risk:
arising from changes in yield curves and implied
volatilities
• Foreign Exchange
Risk: arising from changes in currency exchange rates and implied
volatilities
• Commodity Risk:
arising from changes in commodity prices and implied
volatilities
• Credit Spread Risk:
arising from changes in the price of debt instruments and
credit-linked derivatives and driven by factors other than the
level of risk-free interest rates
• Equity Risk: arising
from changes in the prices of equities and implied
volatilities
Market Risk movements (audited)
Value at Risk (VaR) allows the Group to manage
Market Risk across the trading book and most of the fair valued
non-trading books.
The average level of total trading and
non-trading VaR in 2024 was $41.8 million, 22 per cent lower than
2023 ($53.3 million). The year end level of total trading and
non-trading VaR in 2024 was $43.3 million, 3 per cent lower than
2023 ($44.5 million), due to a reduction in market
volatility.
For the trading book, the average level of VaR
in 2024 was $21.1 million, 2 per cent lower than in 2023 ($21.5
million). Trading activities have remained relatively unchanged,
and client driven.
Daily Value at Risk (VaR at 97.5%, one day)
(audited)
Trading1
and non-trading2
|
2024
|
|
2023
|
Average
$million
|
High
$million
|
Low
$million
|
Year end
$million
|
Average
$million
|
High
$million
|
Low
$million
|
Year end
$million
|
Interest Rate Risk
|
32.8
|
43.9
|
18.6
|
38.8
|
|
39.5
|
54.1
|
23.2
|
30.5
|
Credit Spread Risk
|
20.4
|
31.3
|
12.8
|
16.6
|
|
33.8
|
48.0
|
25.0
|
31.7
|
Foreign Exchange Risk
|
9.2
|
15.0
|
5.0
|
7.4
|
|
7.0
|
12.2
|
4.2
|
7.4
|
Commodity Risk
|
5.3
|
10.0
|
2.9
|
4.6
|
|
5.8
|
9.7
|
3.7
|
4.3
|
Equity Risk
|
0.4
|
0.9
|
-
|
-
|
|
0.1
|
0.4
|
-
|
-
|
Diversification effect3
|
(26.3)
|
NA
|
NA
|
(24.1)
|
|
(32.9)
|
NA
|
NA
|
(29.4)
|
Total
|
41.8
|
53.1
|
29.4
|
43.3
|
|
53.3
|
65.5
|
44.2
|
44.5
|
Trading¹
|
2024
|
|
2023
|
Average
$million
|
High
$million
|
Low
$million
|
Year end
$million
|
Average
$million
|
High
$million
|
Low
$million
|
Year end
$million
|
Interest Rate Risk
|
12.7
|
22.0
|
7.0
|
12.0
|
|
13.1
|
20.4
|
7.7
|
11.6
|
Credit Spread Risk
|
6.6
|
9.6
|
4.8
|
5.4
|
|
9.4
|
12.4
|
7.4
|
9.4
|
Foreign Exchange Risk
|
9.2
|
15.0
|
5.0
|
7.4
|
|
7.0
|
12.2
|
4.2
|
7.4
|
Commodity Risk
|
4.8
|
10.0
|
2.4
|
4.3
|
|
5.8
|
9.7
|
3.7
|
4.4
|
Equity Risk
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Diversification effect3
|
(12.2)
|
NA
|
NA
|
(8.3)
|
|
(13.8)
|
NA
|
NA
|
(11.5)
|
Total
|
21.1
|
33.1
|
13.0
|
20.8
|
|
21.5
|
30.6
|
14.7
|
21.3
|
Non-trading2
|
2024
|
|
2023
|
Average
$million
|
High
$million
|
Low
$million
|
Year end
$million
|
Average
$million
|
High
$million
|
Low
$million
|
Year end
$million
|
Interest Rate Risk
|
28.0
|
35.5
|
17.4
|
32.5
|
|
34.2
|
43.6
|
19.7
|
23.9
|
Credit Spread Risk
|
17.2
|
24.8
|
10.0
|
15.7
|
|
28.3
|
40.1
|
21.5
|
24.4
|
Foreign Exchange Risk
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Commodity Risk
|
1.3
|
1.8
|
0.6
|
0.8
|
|
0.1
|
0.5
|
0.3
|
0.5
|
Equity Risk
|
0.4
|
0.9
|
-
|
-
|
|
0.1
|
0.4
|
-
|
-
|
Diversification effect3
|
(12.7)
|
NA
|
NA
|
(10.2)
|
|
(18.7)
|
NA
|
NA
|
(13.2)
|
Total
|
34.2
|
44.3
|
28.6
|
38.8
|
|
44.0
|
53.4
|
32.0
|
35.6
|
Page
61
The following table sets out how trading and
non-trading VaR is distributed across the Group's
businesses:
|
2024
|
|
2023
|
Average
$million
|
High
$million
|
Low
$million
|
Year end
$million
|
Average
$million
|
High
$million
|
Low
$million
|
Year end
$million
|
Trading1
and non-trading2
|
41.8
|
53.1
|
29.4
|
43.3
|
|
53.3
|
65.5
|
44.2
|
44.5
|
Trading1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Macro Trading4
|
17.0
|
29.9
|
10.0
|
17.1
|
|
13.8
|
20.2
|
9.2
|
15.4
|
Global Credit
|
6.8
|
11.1
|
4.3
|
5.8
|
|
12.8
|
18.2
|
8.5
|
10.1
|
XVA
|
3.3
|
4.4
|
2.4
|
2.4
|
|
4.8
|
7.0
|
3.4
|
4.5
|
Diversification effect3
|
(6.0)
|
NA
|
NA
|
(4.5)
|
|
(9.9)
|
NA
|
NA
|
(8.7)
|
Total
|
21.1
|
33.1
|
13.0
|
20.8
|
|
21.5
|
30.6
|
14.7
|
21.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-trading2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury
|
32.9
|
40.8
|
26.9
|
38.6
|
|
43.4
|
50.2
|
31.1
|
34.9
|
Global Credit
|
5.0
|
13.4
|
2.4
|
8.8
|
|
3.9
|
13.6
|
2.0
|
4.0
|
Listed Private Equity
|
0.4
|
0.9
|
-
|
-
|
|
0.1
|
0.4
|
-
|
-
|
Diversification effect3
|
(4.1)
|
NA
|
NA
|
(8.6)
|
|
(3.4)
|
NA
|
NA
|
(3.3)
|
Total
|
34.2
|
43.3
|
28.6
|
38.8
|
|
44.0
|
53.4
|
32.0
|
35.6
|
1 The trading book for
Market Risk is defined in accordance with the UK onshored Capital
Requirements Regulation Part 3 Title I Chapter 3, which restricts
the positions permitted in the trading book
2 The non-trading book
VaR does not include the loan underwriting business
3 The total VaR is
non-additive across risk types due to diversification effects,
which is measured as the difference between the sum of the VaR by
individual risk type or business and the combined total VaR. As the
maximum and minimum occur on different days for different risk
types or businesses, it is not meaningful to calculate a portfolio
diversification benefit for these measures
4 Macro Trading
comprises the Rates, FX and Commodities businesses
Risks not in VaR
In 2024, the main market risks not reflected in
VaR were:
• basis risks for which
the historical market price data is limited and is therefore
proxied, giving rise to potential proxy basis risk that is not
captured in VaR
• potential depeg risk
from currencies currently pegged or managed, where the historical
one-year VaR observation period may not reflect the possibility of
a change in the currency regime or a sudden depegging
• potential
understatement of VaR when abrupt increases in market volatility
are not adequately captured by the VaR model.
Additional capital is set aside to cover such
'risks not in VaR'.
Backtesting
In 2024, there were no regulatory backtesting
negative exceptions at Group level (in 2023 there were
five).
An enhancement to the VaR model will be
implemented from January 2025 to increase the model's
responsiveness to abrupt upturns in market volatility.
The graph below illustrates the performance of
the VaR model used in capital calculations. It compares the 99
percentile profit and loss confidence level given by the VaR model
with the hypothetical profit and loss of each day given the actual
market movement ignoring any intra-day trading activity.
Trading loss days
|
2024
|
2023
|
Number of loss days reported for Markets
trading book total product income1
|
12
|
16
|
1 Includes credit
valuation adjustment (CVA) and funding valuation adjustment (FVA),
and excludes Treasury business (non-trading), periodic valuation
changes for Capital Markets, expected loss provisions, overnight
indexed swap (OIS) discounting and accounting adjustments such as
debit valuation adjustments
Page
62
Average daily income earned from Market
Risk-related activities¹ (audited)
Trading: The average level of total trading
daily income in 2024 was $13.3 million, 10.8 per cent higher than
2023 ($12 million). The increase is largely attributable higher
client demand for derivative products across Greater China and
North Asia coupled with larger holdings of government and corporate
bonds in anticipation of increased demand by clients.
Non-trading: The average level of total
non-trading daily income in 2024 was $2.7 million, attributable to
translation gains on the revaluation of FX positions in Egypt, and
FX revaluation gains across currencies in the Markets Credit
Trading business.
Trading
|
2024
$million
|
2023
$million
|
Interest Rate Risk
|
5.2
|
4.5
|
Credit Spread Risk
|
1.7
|
1.2
|
Foreign Exchange Risk
|
5.6
|
5.5
|
Commodity Risk
|
0.8
|
0.8
|
Equity Risk
|
-
|
-
|
Total
|
13.3
|
12.0
|
Non-trading
|
$million
|
$million
|
Interest Rate Risk
|
0.6
|
(0.1)
|
Credit Spread Risk
|
2.1
|
(0.7)
|
Equity Risk
|
-
|
0.1
|
Total
|
2.7
|
(0.7)
|
1 Reflects total
product income which is the sum of client income and own account
income. Includes elements of trading income, interest income and
non funded income which are generated from Market Risk-related
activities. Rates, XVA and Treasury income are included under
Interest Rate Risk while Credit Trading income is included under
Credit Spread Risk
Structural foreign exchange
exposures
The table below sets out the principal
structural foreign exchange exposures (net of investment hedges) of
the Group.
|
2024
$million
|
2023
$million
|
Hong Kong dollar
|
4,232
|
4,662
|
Renminbi
|
3,593
|
3,523
|
Indian rupee
|
3,480
|
3,309
|
Singapore dollar
|
3,306
|
2,415
|
Malaysian ringgit
|
1,539
|
1,540
|
Korean won
|
1,363
|
2,114
|
Bangladeshi taka
|
1,113
|
1,007
|
Euro
|
1,112
|
1,125
|
Taiwanese dollar
|
1,087
|
1,222
|
UAE dirham
|
807
|
709
|
Thai baht
|
763
|
782
|
Pakistani rupee
|
392
|
306
|
Indonesian rupiah
|
230
|
293
|
Other
|
3,407
|
3,206
|
|
26,424
|
26,213
|
As at 31 December 2024, the Group had taken net
investment hedges using derivative financial instruments to partly
cover its exposure to the Hong Kong dollar of $5,359 million (31
December 2023: $5,603 million), Korean won of $3,048 million (31
December 2023: $2,884 million), Indian rupee of $1,784 million (31
December 2023: $1,809 million), Renminbi of $1,640 million (31
December 2023: $1,516 million), UAE dirham of $1,470 million (31
December 2023: $1,470 million), Taiwanese dollar of $1,092 million
(31 December 2023: $1,025 million), Singapore dollar of $0 million
(2023: $1,047 million) and South African rand of $0 million (31
December 2023:$64 million). An analysis has been performed on these
exposures to assess the impact of a 1 per cent fall in the US
dollar exchange rates, adjusted to incorporate the impacts of
correlations of these currencies to the US dollar. The impact on
the positions above would be an increase of $262 million (31
December 2023: $260 million). Changes in the valuation of these
positions are taken to reserves. For analysis of the Group's
capital position and requirements, refer to the 'Capital review'
section.
Page
63
Counterparty Credit Risk
Counterparty Credit Risk is the potential for
loss in the event of the default of a derivative counterparty,
after taking into account the value of eligible collaterals and
risk mitigation techniques. The Group's counterparty credit
exposures are included in the Credit Risk section.
Derivative financial instruments Credit Risk
mitigation
The Group enters into master netting agreements,
which in the event of default result in a single amount owed by or
to the counterparty through netting the sum of the positive and
negative mark-to-market values of applicable derivative
transactions.
In addition, the Group enters into credit
support annexes (CSAs) with counterparties where collateral is
deemed a necessary or desirable mitigant to the exposure. Cash
collateral includes collateral called under a variation margin
process from counterparties if total uncollateralised
mark-to-market exposure exceeds the threshold and minimum transfer
amount specified in the CSA. With certain counterparties, the CSA
is reciprocal and requires us to post collateral if the overall
mark-to-market values of positions are in the counterparty's favour
and exceed an agreed threshold.
Liquidity and Funding Risk
Liquidity and Funding Risk is the risk that the
Group may not have sufficient stable or diverse sources of funding
to meet its obligations as they fall due.
The Group's Liquidity and Funding Risk framework
requires each country to ensure that it operates within predefined
liquidity limits and remains in compliance with Group liquidity
policies and practices, as well as local regulatory
requirements.
The Group achieves this through a combination of
setting Risk Appetite and associated limits, policy formation, risk
measurement and monitoring, prudential and internal stress testing,
governance and review.
Throughout 2024, the Group retained a robust
liquidity position across key metrics. The Group continues to focus
on improving the quality and diversification of its funding mix and
remains committed to supporting its clients.
Primary sources of funding (audited)
The Group's funding strategy is largely driven
by its policy to maintain adequate liquidity at all times, in all
geographic locations and for all currencies. This is done to ensure
the Group can meet all of its obligations as they fall due. The
Group's funding profile is therefore well diversified across
different sources, maturities and currencies.
The Group's assets are funded predominantly by
customer deposits, supplemented with wholesale funding, which is
diversified by type and maturity.
The Group maintains access to wholesale funding
markets in all major financial centres in which it operates. This
seeks to ensure that the Group has market intelligence, maintains
stable funding lines and can obtain optimal pricing when performing
cashflow management activities.
In 2024, the Group issued approximately $9.1
billion worth of securities from its holding company, Standard
Chartered PLC (2023 $8.1 billion of senior debt securities). The
issuances included $1.6 billion of Additional Tier 1 securities and
$7.5 billion of senior debt securities across multiple
currencies. Over this same period, there were Additional Tier 1
calls of $0.6 billion, Tier 2 redemptions (calls &
maturities) of around $1.6 billion and senior calls of $6.3
billion. In the next 12 months, approximately $7.8 billion of the
Group's Additional Tier 1, senior and subordinated debt securities
are either falling due for repayment contractually or callable by
the Group.
Liquidity and Funding Risk metrics
The Group continually monitors key liquidity
metrics, both on a country basis and consolidated across the
Group.
The following liquidity and funding Board Risk
Appetite metrics define the maximum amount and type of risk that
the Group is willing to assume in pursuit of its strategy:
liquidity coverage ratio (LCR), liquidity stress survival horizons,
recovery capacity and net stable funding ratio (NSFR). In addition
to the Board Risk Appetite, there are further limits that apply at
Group and country level such as external wholesale borrowing (WBE)
and cross currency limits.
Page
64
Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR)
The LCR is a regulatory requirement set to
ensure the Group has sufficient unencumbered high-quality liquid
assets to meet its liquidity needs in a 30-calendar-day liquidity
stress scenario.
The Group monitors and reports its liquidity
positions under the Liquidity Coverage Ratio per PRA rulebook and
has maintained its LCR above the prudential requirement. The Group
maintained robust liquidity ratios throughout 2024.
At the reporting date, the Group LCR was 138 per
cent (31 December 2023: 145 per cent), with a surplus to both
Board-approved Risk Appetite and regulatory
requirements.
Adequate liquidity was held across our footprint
to meet all local prudential LCR requirements where
applicable.
The Liquidity buffer reported is after
deductions made to reflect the impact of limitations in the
transferability of entity liquidity around the Group. This resulted
in an adjustment of $35 billion to LCR HQLA as at 31 December
2024.
|
2024
$million
|
2023
$million
|
Liquidity buffer
|
170,306
|
185,643
|
Total net cash outflows
|
123,226
|
128,111
|
Liquidity coverage ratio
|
138%
|
145%
|
Stressed coverage
The Group intends to maintain a prudent and
sustainable funding and liquidity position, in all countries and
currencies, such that it can withstand a severe but plausible
liquidity stress.
Our approach to managing liquidity and funding
is reflected in the Board-level Risk Appetite Statement which
includes the following:
"The Group should have sufficient stable and
diverse sources of funding to meet its contractual and contingent
obligations as they fall due."
The Group's internal liquidity adequacy
assessment process ('ILAAP') stress testing framework covers the
following stress scenarios:
• Standard
Chartered-specific - Captures the liquidity impact from an
idiosyncratic event affecting Standard Chartered only with the rest
of the market assumed to be operating normally.
• Market wide -
Captures the liquidity impact from a market-wide crisis affecting
all participants in a country, region or globally.
• Combined - Assumes
both Standard Chartered-specific and Market-wide events affect the
Group simultaneously and hence is the most severe
scenario.
All scenarios include, but are not limited to,
modelled outflows for retail and wholesale funding, off-balance
sheet funding risk, cross-currency funding risk, intraday risk,
franchise risk and risks associated with a deterioration of a
firm's credit rating. Concentration risk approach captures single
name and industry concentration.
ILAAP stress testing results show that, as at 31
December 2024, Group and all countries were able to survive for a
period of time with positive surpluses as defined under each
scenario. The results take into account currency convertibility and
portability constraints while calculating the liquidity surplus at
Group level.
Standard Chartered Bank's credit ratings as at
31 December 2024 were A+ with stable outlook (Fitch), A+ with
stable outlook (S&P) and A1 with positive outlook (Moody's). As
of 31 December 2024, the estimated contractual outflow of a
three-notch long-term ratings downgrade is $1.0 billion.
External wholesale borrowing
A risk trigger is set to prevent excessive
reliance on wholesale borrowing. Within the definition of wholesale
borrowing, triggers are applied to all branches and operating
subsidiaries in the Group.
Page
65
Advances-to-deposits ratio
This is defined as the ratio of total loans and
advances to customers relative to total customer deposits. An
advances-to-deposits ratio below 100 per cent demonstrates that
customer deposits exceed customer loans as a result of the emphasis
placed on generating a high level of funding from
customers.
The Group's advances-to-deposits ratio has
remained stable in 2024 at 53.3 per cent. Deposits from customers
as at 31 December 2024 are $486,261 million (31 December 2023:
$486,666 million).
|
2024
$million
|
2023
$million
|
Total loans and advances to
customers1,2
|
259,269
|
259,481
|
Total customer accounts3
|
486,261
|
486,666
|
Advances-to-deposits ratio
|
53.3%
|
53.3%
|
1 Excludes reverse
repurchase agreement and other similar secured lending of $9,660
million and includes loans and advances to customers held at fair
value through profit and loss of $7,084 million
2 Loans and advances
to customers for the purpose of the advances-to-deposits ratio
excludes $19,187 million of approved balances held with central
banks, confirmed as repayable at the point of stress (31 December
2023: $20,710 million)
3 Includes customer
accounts held at fair value through profit or loss of $21,772
million (31 December 2023: $17,248 million)
Net stable funding ratio (NSFR)
The NSFR is a PRA regulatory requirement that
stipulates institutions to maintain a stable funding profile in
relation to an assumed duration of their assets and off-balance
sheet activities over a one-year horizon. It is the ratio between
the amount of available stable funding (ASF) and the amount of
required stable funding (RSF). ASF factors are applied to balance
sheet liabilities and capital, based on their perceived stability
and the amount of stable funding they provide. Likewise, RSF
factors are applied to assets and off-balance sheet exposures
according to the amount of stable funding they require. The
regulatory requirements for NSFR are to maintain a ratio of at
least 100 per cent. The average ratio for the past four quarters is
135 per cent.
Liquidity pool
The liquidity value of the Group's LCR eligible
liquidity pool at the reporting date was $170 billion. The figures
in the table below account for haircuts, currency convertibility
and portability constraints per PRA rules for transfer restrictions
(amounting to $35 billion as at 31 December 2024), and therefore
are not directly comparable with the consolidated balance sheet. A
liquidity pool is held to offset stress outflows as defined in the
LCR per PRA rulebook.
|
2024
$million
|
2023
$million
|
Level 1 securities
|
|
|
Cash and balances at central banks
|
76,094
|
81,675
|
Central banks, governments /public sector
entities
|
74,182
|
71,768
|
Multilateral development banks and
international organisations
|
14,386
|
16,917
|
Other
|
343
|
1,291
|
Total Level 1 securities
|
165,005
|
171,651
|
Level 2 A securities
|
4,367
|
13,268
|
Level 2 B securities
|
934
|
724
|
Total LCR eligible assets
|
170,306
|
185,643
|
Liquidity analysis of the Group's balance sheet
(audited)
Contractual maturity of assets and
liabilities
The following table presents assets and
liabilities by maturity groupings based on the remaining period to
the contractual maturity date as at the balance sheet date on a
discounted basis. Contractual maturities do not necessarily reflect
actual repayments or cashflows.
Within the tables below, cash and balances with
central banks, interbank placements and investment securities that
are fair valued through other comprehensive income are used by the
Group principally for liquidity management purposes.
Page
66
As at the reporting date, assets remain
predominantly short-dated, with 59 per cent maturing in less than
one year.
|
2024
|
One month
or less
$million
|
Between one month and three months
$million
|
Between three months and
six months
$million
|
Between
six months and nine months
$million
|
Between
nine months and one year
$million
|
Between
one year and two years
$million
|
Between
two years and five years
$million
|
More than
five years and undated
$million
|
Total
$million
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and balances at central banks
|
55,646
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
7,801
|
63,447
|
Derivative financial instruments
|
22,939
|
15,556
|
12,217
|
7,265
|
4,328
|
7,067
|
7,448
|
4,652
|
81,472
|
Loans and advances to banks1,2
|
22,381
|
21,722
|
10,588
|
6,771
|
4,986
|
8,407
|
3,715
|
1,990
|
80,560
|
Loans and advances to
customers1,2
|
65,688
|
58,765
|
25,739
|
15,479
|
16,192
|
31,240
|
31,766
|
94,688
|
339,557
|
Investment securities1
|
13,016
|
25,886
|
21,546
|
14,789
|
14,688
|
32,815
|
41,423
|
62,418
|
226,581
|
Other assets1
|
12,601
|
32,130
|
1,333
|
381
|
931
|
71
|
64
|
10,560
|
58,071
|
Total assets
|
192,271
|
154,059
|
71,423
|
44,685
|
41,125
|
79,600
|
84,416
|
182,109
|
849,688
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits by banks1,3
|
24,293
|
2,345
|
1,621
|
848
|
571
|
4,342
|
1,939
|
3
|
35,962
|
Customer accounts1,4
|
379,926
|
37,502
|
25,863
|
10,152
|
10,123
|
9,695
|
47,367
|
2,635
|
523,263
|
Derivative financial instruments
|
21,680
|
17,115
|
11,773
|
7,018
|
4,353
|
6,660
|
8,144
|
5,321
|
82,064
|
Senior debt5
|
609
|
1,755
|
4,074
|
2,132
|
932
|
7,926
|
18,784
|
17,886
|
54,098
|
Other debt securities in
issue1
|
2,734
|
2,663
|
6,550
|
4,535
|
5,015
|
851
|
1,206
|
688
|
24,242
|
Other liabilities
|
12,173
|
43,574
|
3,020
|
1,441
|
155
|
4,494
|
682
|
2,854
|
68,393
|
Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed
funds
|
-
|
64
|
23
|
180
|
13
|
359
|
1,978
|
7,765
|
10,382
|
Total liabilities
|
441,415
|
105,018
|
52,924
|
26,306
|
21,162
|
34,327
|
80,100
|
37,152
|
798,404
|
Net liquidity gap
|
(249,144)
|
49,041
|
18,499
|
18,379
|
19,963
|
45,273
|
4,316
|
144,957
|
51,284
|
|
2023
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and balances at central banks
|
63,752
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
6,153
|
69,905
|
Derivative financial instruments
|
12,269
|
10,632
|
6,910
|
3,611
|
2,921
|
4,650
|
6,038
|
3,403
|
50,434
|
Loans and advances to banks1,2
|
28,814
|
23,384
|
10,086
|
4,929
|
5,504
|
1,583
|
2,392
|
1,098
|
77,790
|
Loans and advances to
customers1,2
|
86,695
|
55,009
|
25,492
|
15,392
|
14,537
|
25,987
|
26,545
|
95,829
|
345,486
|
Investment securities1
|
12,187
|
28,999
|
17,131
|
18,993
|
20,590
|
24,244
|
44,835
|
50,168
|
217,147
|
Other assets1
|
17,611
|
31,729
|
1,286
|
409
|
587
|
67
|
93
|
10,300
|
62,082
|
Total assets
|
221,328
|
149,753
|
60,905
|
43,334
|
44,139
|
56,531
|
79,903
|
166,951
|
822,844
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits by banks1,3
|
26,745
|
1,909
|
1,398
|
503
|
778
|
1,326
|
2,848
|
2
|
35,509
|
Customer accounts1,4
|
384,444
|
47,723
|
28,288
|
13,647
|
11,806
|
7,787
|
38,578
|
2,349
|
534,622
|
Derivative financial instruments
|
13,111
|
12,472
|
6,655
|
4,001
|
3,433
|
5,142
|
6,932
|
4,315
|
56,061
|
Senior debt5
|
130
|
1,111
|
1,537
|
1,389
|
624
|
11,507
|
20,127
|
14,443
|
50,868
|
Other debt securities in
issue1
|
3,123
|
5,822
|
6,109
|
3,235
|
3,037
|
492
|
482
|
195
|
22,495
|
Other liabilities
|
14,929
|
26,447
|
1,695
|
544
|
883
|
1,830
|
1,809
|
12,763
|
60,900
|
Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed
funds
|
980
|
68
|
19
|
172
|
453
|
312
|
1,936
|
8,096
|
12,036
|
Total liabilities
|
443,462
|
95,552
|
45,701
|
23,491
|
21,014
|
28,396
|
72,712
|
42,163
|
772,491
|
Net liquidity gap
|
(222,134)
|
54,201
|
15,204
|
19,843
|
23,125
|
28,135
|
7,191
|
124,788
|
50,353
|
1 Loans and advances,
investment securities, deposits by banks, customer accounts and
debt securities in issue include financial instruments held at fair
value through profit or loss, see Note 13 Financial
instruments
2 Loans and advances
include reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured
lending of $98.8 billion (31 December 2023: $97.6
billion)
3 Deposits by banks
include repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing
of $8.7 billion (31 December 2023: $5.6 billion)
4 Customer accounts
include repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing
of $37.0 billion (31 December 2023: $48.0 billion)
5 Senior debt maturity
profiles are based upon contractual maturity, which may be later
than call options over the debt held by the Group
Page
67
Behavioural maturity of financial assets and
liabilities
The cashflows presented in the previous section
reflect the cashflows that will be contractually payable over the
residual maturity of the instruments. However, contractual
maturities do not necessarily reflect the timing of actual
repayments or cashflow. In practice, certain assets and liabilities
behave differently from their contractual terms, especially for
short-term customer accounts, credit card balances and overdrafts,
which extend to a longer period than their contractual maturity. On
the other hand, mortgage balances tend to have a shorter repayment
period than their contractual maturity date. Expected customer
behaviour is assessed and managed on a country basis using
qualitative and quantitative techniques, including analysis of
observed customer behaviour over time.
Maturity of financial liabilities on an
undiscounted basis (audited)
The following table analyses the contractual
cashflows payable for the Group's financial liabilities by
remaining contractual maturities on an undiscounted basis. The
financial liability balances in the table below will not agree with
the balances reported in the consolidated balance sheet as the
table incorporates all contractual cashflows, on an undiscounted
basis, relating to both principal and interest payments.
Derivatives not treated as hedging derivatives are included in the
'On demand' time bucket and not by contractual maturity.
Within the 'More than five years and undated'
maturity band are undated financial liabilities, the majority of
which relate to subordinated debt, on which interest payments are
not included as this information would not be meaningful, given the
instruments are undated. Interest payments on these instruments are
included within the relevant maturities up to five
years.
|
2024
|
One month
or less
$million
|
Between one month and three months
$million
|
Between three months and
six months
$million
|
Between
six months and nine months
$million
|
Between
nine months and one year
$million
|
Between
one year and two years
$million
|
Between
two years and five years
$million
|
More than
five years and undated
$million
|
Total
$million
|
Deposits by banks
|
24,303
|
2,360
|
1,660
|
862
|
589
|
4,347
|
1,939
|
4
|
36,064
|
Customer accounts
|
380,377
|
37,790
|
26,277
|
10,384
|
10,438
|
9,937
|
47,642
|
3,396
|
526,241
|
Derivative financial instruments¹
|
80,055
|
13
|
12
|
10
|
3
|
216
|
592
|
1,163
|
82,064
|
Debt securities in issue
|
3,622
|
4,551
|
11,007
|
7,056
|
6,319
|
10,261
|
23,184
|
21,337
|
87,337
|
Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed
funds
|
19
|
134
|
46
|
206
|
14
|
392
|
2,345
|
13,800
|
16,956
|
Other liabilities
|
10,421
|
44,933
|
2,894
|
1,408
|
152
|
4,433
|
682
|
4,802
|
69,725
|
Total liabilities
|
498,797
|
89,781
|
41,896
|
19,926
|
17,515
|
29,586
|
76,384
|
44,502
|
818,387
|
|
2023
|
Deposits by banks
|
26,759
|
1,921
|
1,417
|
513
|
790
|
1,328
|
2,848
|
4
|
35,580
|
Customer accounts
|
385,361
|
48,140
|
28,763
|
14,049
|
12,190
|
8,118
|
39,000
|
3,036
|
538,657
|
Derivative financial instruments¹
|
53,054
|
517
|
46
|
44
|
103
|
202
|
887
|
1,208
|
56,061
|
Debt securities in issue
|
3,507
|
6,995
|
8,015
|
5,070
|
4,002
|
13,663
|
23,413
|
16,396
|
81,061
|
Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed
funds
|
1,043
|
134
|
46
|
208
|
570
|
395
|
2,389
|
14,367
|
19,152
|
Other liabilities
|
12,200
|
26,291
|
1,560
|
515
|
884
|
1,832
|
1,810
|
11,513
|
56,605
|
Total liabilities
|
481,924
|
83,998
|
39,847
|
20,399
|
18,539
|
25,538
|
70,347
|
46,524
|
787,116
|
1 Derivatives are on a discounted
basis
Interest Rate Risk in the Banking
Book
The following table provides the estimated
impact to a hypothetical base case projection of the Group's
earnings under the following scenarios:
• A 50 basis point
parallel interest rate shock (up and down) to the current
market-implied path of rates, across all yield curves
• A 100 basis point
parallel interest rate shock (up and down) to the current
market-implied path of rates, across all yield curves
These interest rate shock scenarios assume all
other economic variables remain constant. The sensitivities shown
represent the estimated change to a hypothetical base case
projected net interest income (NII), plus the change in interest
rate implied income and expense from FX swaps used to manage
banking book currency positions, under the different interest rate
shock scenarios.
Page
68
The base case projected NII is based on the
current market-implied path of rates and forward rate expectations.
The NII sensitivities below stress this base case by a further 50
or 100bps. Actual observed interest rate changes will likely differ
from market expectation. Accordingly, the shocked NII sensitivity
does not represent a forecast of the Group's net interest
income.
The interest rate sensitivities are indicative
stress tests and based on simplified scenarios, estimating the
aggregate impact of an unanticipated, instantaneous parallel shock
across all yield curves over a one-year horizon, including the time
taken to implement changes to pricing before becoming effective.
The assessment assumes that the size and mix of the balance sheet
remain constant and that there are no specific management actions
in response to the change in rates. No assumptions are made in
relation to the impact on credit spreads in a changing rate
environment.
Significant modelling and behavioural
assumptions are made regarding scenario simplification, market
competition, pass-through rates, asset and liability re-pricing
tenors, and price flooring. In particular, the assumption that
interest rates of all currencies and maturities shift by the same
amount concurrently, and that no actions are taken to mitigate the
impacts arising from this are considered unlikely. Reported
sensitivities will vary over time due to a number of factors
including changes in balance sheet composition, market conditions,
customer behaviour and risk management strategy. Therefore, while
the NII sensitivities are a relevant measure of the Group's
interest rate exposure, they should not be considered an income or
profit forecast.
Estimated one-year impact to earnings from a
parallel shift in yield curves at the beginning of the period
of:
|
2024
|
USD bloc
$million
|
HKD bloc
$million
|
SGD bloc
$million
|
KRW bloc
$million
|
CNY bloc
$million
|
INR bloc
$million
|
EUR bloc
$million
|
Other currency bloc¹
$million
|
Total
$million
|
+ 50 basis points
|
20
|
30
|
10
|
20
|
20
|
30
|
10
|
70
|
210
|
- 50 basis points
|
(40)
|
(30)
|
(20)
|
(20)
|
(30)
|
(30)
|
(20)
|
(80)
|
(270)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+ 100 basis points
|
30
|
60
|
20
|
30
|
30
|
40
|
30
|
150
|
390
|
- 100 basis points
|
(90)
|
(50)
|
(40)
|
(50)
|
(50)
|
(40)
|
(40)
|
(190)
|
(550)
|
Estimated one-year impact to earnings from a
parallel shift in yield curves at the beginning of the period
of:
|
2023
|
USD bloc
$million
|
HKD bloc
$million
|
SGD bloc
$million
|
KRW
bloc
$million
|
CNY
bloc
$million
|
INR
bloc
$million
|
EUR bloc
$million
|
Other currency bloc¹
|
Total
$million
|
+ 50 basis points
|
90
|
10
|
50
|
10
|
30
|
20
|
30
|
110
|
350
|
- 50 basis points
|
(150)
|
(30)
|
(50)
|
(20)
|
(40)
|
(30)
|
(30)
|
(120)
|
(470)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+ 100 basis points
|
180
|
10
|
100
|
20
|
60
|
40
|
50
|
230
|
690
|
- 100 basis points
|
(280)
|
(40)
|
(100)
|
(40)
|
(80)
|
(60)
|
(60)
|
(230)
|
(890)
|
1 The largest exposures within the
Other currency bloc are GBP,JPY, MYR, TWD
As at 31 December 2024, the Group estimates the
one-year impact of an instantaneous, parallel increase across all
yield curves of 50 basis points to increase projected NII by
$210 million. The equivalent impact from a parallel decrease
of 50 basis points would result in a reduction in projected NII of
$270 million. The Group estimates the one-year impact of an
instantaneous, parallel increase across all yield curves of
100 basis points to increase projected NII by $390 million.
The equivalent impact from a parallel decrease of 100 basis points
would result in a reduction in projected NII of $550
million.
The benefit from rising interest rates is
primarily from reinvesting at higher yields and from assets
re-pricing faster and to a greater extent than deposits. NII
sensitivity in falling rate scenarios has decreased versus 31
December 2023, due to an increase in programmatic hedging as well
as actions taken in discretionary portfolios to increase asset
duration.
Over the course of 2024 the notional of interest
rate swaps and HTC-accounted bond portfolios used to reduce NII
sensitivity through the cycle increased from $47 billion to
$64 billion. As at December 2024, the portfolios had a
weighted average maturity of 3.0 years, which reflects the
behaviouralised lives of the rate-insensitive deposit and equity
balances that they hedge, and a yield of 3.5 per cent.
Page
69
Operational and Technology Risk
Operational and Technology Risk
profile
The implementation of standardised non-financial
risk, control and causal taxonomies is enabling improved risk
aggregation and reporting, and has provided opportunities for
simplifying the process for risk identification and assessment in
the Group.
Operational and Technology Risk is elevated in
areas such as Change Mismanagement Risk and Third-Party Risk
Management, which are subject to ongoing control enhancement
programmes. Other key areas of focus are Systems Health/Technology
risk, Operational Resilience and Regulatory Compliance. To address
these areas, the Group has focused on improving the sustainable
operating environment and has initiated several programmes to
enhance the control environment. The Group continues to monitor and
manage Operational and Technology risks associated with the
external environment such as geopolitical factors, the increasing
risk of cyber-attacks and inappropriate use of Artificial
Intelligence. This enables the Group to keep pace with the new
business developments, while ensuring that its risk and control
frameworks evolve accordingly. The Group continues to strengthen
its risk management to understand the full spectrum of risks in the
operating environment, enhance its defences and improve
resilience.
Operational and Technology risk events and
losses
Operational losses are one indicator of the
effectiveness and robustness of our non-financial risk and control
environment.
The Group's profile of operational loss events
in 2024 and 2023 is summarised in the table below, which shows the
distribution of gross operational losses by Basel business line.
There has been a sharp increase in Corporate Items in 2024 due to a
single large event pertaining to Finance Accounting
Adjustment.
Distribution of Operational losses by Basel
business line
|
% Loss
|
2024
|
2023¹
|
Agency Services
|
0.0%
|
3.9%
|
Asset Management
|
0.0%
|
0.2%
|
Commercial Banking
|
1.4%
|
8.0%
|
Corporate Finance
|
0.1%
|
7.2%
|
Corporate Items
|
72.5%
|
34.3%
|
Payment and Settlements
|
7.6%
|
16.6%
|
Retail Banking
|
17.0%
|
21.3%
|
Retail Brokerage
|
0.0%
|
0.0%
|
Trading and Sales
|
1.4%
|
8.6%
|
1 Losses in 2023 have
been restated to include incremental events recognised in
2024
The Group's profile of operational loss events
in 2024 and 2023 is also summarised by Basel event type in the
table below. It shows the distribution of gross operational losses
by Basel event type.
Distribution of Operational losses by Basel
event type
|
% Loss
|
2024
|
2023¹
|
Business disruption and system
failures
|
1.8%
|
4.7%
|
Clients products and business
practices
|
14.1%
|
2.9%
|
Damage to physical assets
|
0.0%
|
0.0%
|
Employment practices and workplace
safety
|
0.1%
|
0.6%
|
Execution delivery and process
management
|
81.5%
|
77.3%
|
External fraud
|
2.4%
|
14.4%
|
Internal fraud
|
0.1%
|
0.2%
|
1 Losses in 2023 have been restated
to include incremental events recognised in 2024
Other principal risks
The losses arising from operational failures for
other principal and integrated risks are reported as operational
losses. Operational losses do not include operational risk-related
credit impairments.
Page
70
Capital review
The Capital review provides an analysis of the
Group's capital and leverage position, and requirements.
Capital summary
The Group's capital, leverage and minimum
requirements for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL) position
is managed within the Board-approved risk appetite. The Group is
well capitalised with low leverage and high levels of
loss-absorbing capacity.
|
2024
|
2023
|
CET1 capital
|
14.2%
|
14.1%
|
Tier 1 capital
|
16.9%
|
16.3%
|
Total capital
|
21.5%
|
21.2%
|
Leverage ratio
|
4.8%
|
4.7%
|
MREL ratio
|
34.2%
|
33.3%
|
Risk-weighted assets (RWA) $million
|
247,065
|
244,151
|
The Group's capital, leverage and MREL
positions were all above current requirements and Board-approved
risk appetite. For further detail see the Capital section in the
Standard Chartered PLC Pillar 3 Disclosures for FY 2024. The
Group's CET1 capital increased 19 basis points to 14.2 per cent of
RWA since FY2023. Profits, movements in FVOCI, FX translation
reserves and decrease in regulatory deductions were partly offset
by RWA growth and distributions (including ordinary share buybacks
of $2.5 billion during the year).
The PRA updated the Group's Pillar 2A
requirement during Q4 2024. As at 31 December 2024 the Group's
Pillar 2A was 3.7 per cent of RWA, of which at least 2.1 per cent
must be held in CET1 capital. The Group's minimum CET1 capital
requirement was 10.5 per cent at 31 December 2024.
The Group CET1 capital ratio at 31 December 2024
reflects the share buybacks of $2.5 billion announced during the
year. The CET1 capital ratio also includes an accrual for the FY
2024 dividend. The Board has recommended a final dividend for FY
2024 of $679 million or 28 cents per share resulting in a full year
2024 dividend of 37 cents per share, a 37 per cent increase on the
2023 dividend. In addition, the Board has announced a further share
buyback of $1.5 billion, the impact of this will reduce the Group's
CET1 capital by around 61 basis points in the first quarter of
2025.
The Group expects to manage CET1 capital
dynamically within our 13-14 per cent target range, in support of
our aim of delivering future sustainable shareholder
distributions.
The Group's MREL leverage requirement as at 31
December 2024 was 27.6 per cent of RWA. This is composed of a
minimum requirement of 23.7 per cent of RWA and the Group's
combined buffer (comprising the capital conservation buffer, the
G-SII buffer and the countercyclical buffer). The Group's MREL
ratio was 34.2 per cent of RWA and 9.7 per cent of leverage
exposure at 31 December 2024.
During 2024, the Group successfully raised $9.1
billion of MREL eligible securities from its holding company,
Standard Chartered PLC. Issuance include $1.6 billion of Additional
Tier 1 and $7.5 billion of callable senior debt.
The Group raised an additional $1.0 billion of
Additional Tier 1 and $2.5 billion in senior securities post the
balance sheet date, i.e. not included in the FY 2024 MREL
position.
The Group is a G-SII, with a 1.0 per cent G-SII
CET1 capital buffer. The Standard Chartered PLC G-SII disclosure is
published at: sc.com/en/investors/financial-results.
Page
71
Capital base1
(audited)
|
2024
$million
|
2023
$million
|
CET1 capital instruments and
reserves
|
|
|
Capital instruments and the related share
premium accounts
|
5,201
|
5,321
|
Of which: share premium accounts
|
3,989
|
3,989
|
Retained earnings
|
24,950
|
24,930
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (and
other reserves)
|
8,724
|
9,171
|
Non-controlling interests (amount allowed in
consolidated CET1)
|
235
|
217
|
Independently audited year-end
profits
|
4,072
|
3,542
|
Foreseeable dividends
|
(923)
|
(768)
|
CET1 capital before regulatory
adjustments
|
42,259
|
42,413
|
CET1 regulatory adjustments
|
|
|
Additional value adjustments (prudential
valuation adjustments)
|
(624)
|
(730)
|
Intangible assets (net of related tax
liability)
|
(5,696)
|
(6,128)
|
Deferred tax assets that rely on future
profitability (excludes those arising from temporary
differences)
|
(31)
|
(41)
|
Fair value reserves related to net losses on
cash flow hedges
|
(4)
|
(91)
|
Deduction of amounts resulting from the
calculation of excess expected loss
|
(702)
|
(754)
|
Net gains on liabilities at fair value
resulting from changes in own credit risk
|
278
|
(100)
|
Defined-benefit pension fund assets
|
(149)
|
(95)
|
Fair value gains arising from the institution's
own credit risk related to derivative liabilities
|
(97)
|
(116)
|
Exposure amounts which could qualify for risk
weighting of 1250%
|
(44)
|
(44)
|
Total regulatory adjustments to CET1
|
(7,069)
|
(8,099)
|
CET1 capital
|
35,190
|
34,314
|
Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1)
instruments
|
6,502
|
5,512
|
AT1 regulatory adjustments
|
(20)
|
(20)
|
Tier 1 capital
|
41,672
|
39,806
|
|
|
|
Tier 2 capital instruments
|
11,449
|
11,965
|
Tier 2 regulatory adjustments
|
(30)
|
(30)
|
Tier 2 capital
|
11,419
|
11,935
|
Total capital
|
53,091
|
51,741
|
Total risk-weighted assets
(unaudited)
|
247,065
|
244,151
|
1 Capital base is prepared on the
regulatory scope of consolidation
Page
72
Movement in total capital (audited)
|
2024
$million
|
2023
$million
|
CET1 at 1 January
|
34,314
|
34,157
|
Ordinary shares issued in the period and share
premium
|
-
|
-
|
Share buyback
|
(2,500)
|
(2,000)
|
Profit for the period
|
4,072
|
3,542
|
Foreseeable dividends deducted from
CET1
|
(923)
|
(768)
|
Difference between dividends paid and
foreseeable dividends
|
(469)
|
(372)
|
Movement in goodwill and other intangible
assets
|
432
|
(326)
|
Foreign currency translation
differences
|
(525)
|
(477)
|
Non-controlling interests
|
18
|
28
|
Movement in eligible other comprehensive
income
|
636
|
464
|
Deferred tax assets that rely on future
profitability
|
10
|
35
|
Decrease/(increase) in excess expected
loss
|
52
|
(70)
|
Additional value adjustments (prudential
valuation adjustment)
|
106
|
124
|
IFRS 9 transitional impact on regulatory
reserves including day one
|
2
|
(106)
|
Exposure amounts which could qualify for risk
weighting
|
-
|
59
|
Fair value gains arising from the institution's
own Credit Risk related to derivative liabilities
|
19
|
(26)
|
Others
|
(54)
|
50
|
CET1 at 31 December
|
35,190
|
34,314
|
|
|
|
AT1 at 1 January
|
5,492
|
6,484
|
Net issuances (redemptions)
|
1,015
|
(1,000)
|
Foreign currency translation difference and
others
|
(25)
|
8
|
AT1 at 31 December
|
6,482
|
5,492
|
|
|
|
Tier 2 capital at 1 January
|
11,935
|
12,510
|
Regulatory amortisation
|
1,189
|
1,416
|
Net issuances (redemptions)
|
(1,517)
|
(2,160)
|
Foreign currency translation
difference
|
(191)
|
146
|
Tier 2 ineligible minority interest
|
(3)
|
19
|
Others
|
6
|
4
|
Tier 2 capital at 31 December
|
11,419
|
11,935
|
Total capital at 31 December
|
53,091
|
51,741
|
The main movements in capital in the period
were:
• CET1 capital
increased by $0.9 billion as retained profits of $4.1 billion,
movement in FVOCI of $0.6 billion and a reduction in regulatory
deductions and other movements of $0.6 billion were partly offset
by share buybacks of $2.5 billion, distributions paid and
foreseeable of $1.4 billion, foreign currency translation impact of
$0.5 billion.
• AT1 capital increased
by $1.0 billion following the issuance of $1.0 billion of 7.88 per
cent securities and $0.6 billion of 5.30 per cent
securities partly offset by the redemption of $0.6 billion of 5.38
per cent securities.
• Tier 2 capital
decreased by $0.5 billion due to the redemption of $1.6 billion of
Tier 2 during the year partly offset by the reversal of regulatory
amortisation and foreign currency translation impact.
Page
73
Risk-weighted assets by business
|
2024
|
Credit risk
$million
|
Operational risk
$million
|
Market risk
$million
|
Total risk
$million
|
Corporate & Investment Banking
|
112,100
|
19,987
|
24,781
|
156,868
|
Wealth & Retail Banking
|
41,002
|
9,523
|
-
|
50,525
|
Ventures
|
2,243
|
142
|
21
|
2,406
|
Central & Other items
|
33,958
|
(173)
|
3,481
|
37,266
|
Total risk-weighted assets
|
189,303
|
29,479
|
28,283
|
247,065
|
|
2023
|
Corporate & Investment Banking
|
102,675
|
18,083
|
21,221
|
141,979
|
Wealth & Retail Banking
|
42,559
|
8,783
|
-
|
51,342
|
Ventures
|
1,885
|
35
|
3
|
1,923
|
Central & Other items
|
44,304
|
960
|
3,643
|
48,907
|
Total risk-weighted assets
|
191,423
|
27,861
|
24,867
|
244,151
|
Movement in risk-weighted assets
|
Credit risk
|
Operational risk
$million
|
Market risk
$million
|
Total risk
$million
|
Corporate & Investment Banking
$million
|
Wealth & Retail Banking
$million
|
Ventures
$million
|
Central & Other items
$million
|
Total
$million
|
At 1 January 2023
|
110,103
|
42,091
|
1,350
|
43,311
|
196,855
|
27,177
|
20,679
|
244,711
|
Assets growth & mix
|
(4,424)
|
728
|
535
|
1,183
|
(1,978)
|
-
|
-
|
(1,978)
|
Asset quality
|
(391)
|
390
|
-
|
2,684
|
2,683
|
-
|
-
|
2,683
|
Risk-weighted assets efficiencies
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(688)
|
(688)
|
-
|
-
|
(688)
|
Model Updates
|
(597)
|
(151)
|
-
|
(151)
|
(899)
|
-
|
500
|
(399)
|
Methodology and policy changes
|
-
|
(196)
|
-
|
-
|
(196)
|
-
|
(800)
|
(996)
|
Acquisitions and disposals
|
(1,630)
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(1,630)
|
-
|
-
|
(1,630)
|
Foreign currency translation
|
(386)
|
(303)
|
-
|
(2,035)
|
(2,724)
|
-
|
-
|
(2,724)
|
Other, Including non-credit risk
movements
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
684
|
4,488
|
5,172
|
At 31 December 2023
|
102,675
|
42,559
|
1,885
|
44,304
|
191,423
|
27,861
|
24,867
|
244,151
|
Assets growth & mix
|
11,412
|
341
|
358
|
(5,803)
|
6,308
|
-
|
-
|
6,308
|
Asset quality
|
(1,349)
|
112
|
-
|
(1,935)
|
(3,172)
|
-
|
-
|
(3,172)
|
Risk-weighted assets efficiencies
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Model Updates
|
1,620
|
(1)
|
-
|
-
|
1,619
|
-
|
(400)
|
1,219
|
Methodology and policy changes
|
38
|
39
|
-
|
-
|
77
|
-
|
(1,300)
|
(1,223)
|
Acquisitions and disposals
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Foreign currency translation
|
(2,296)
|
(1,207)
|
-
|
(1,374)
|
(4,877)
|
-
|
-
|
(4,877)
|
Other, Including non-credit risk
movements
|
-
|
(841)
|
-
|
(1,234)
|
(2,075)
|
1,618
|
5,116
|
4,659
|
At 31 December 2024
|
112,100
|
41,002
|
2,243
|
33,958
|
189,303
|
29,479
|
28,283
|
247,065
|
Movements in risk-weighted assets
RWA increased by $2.9 billion, or 1.2 per cent
from 31 December 2023 to $247.1 billion. This was mainly due to
decrease in Credit Risk RWA of $2.1 billion, an increase in Market
Risk RWA of $3.4 billion and Operational Risk RWA of $1.6
billion.
Corporate & Investment Banking
Credit Risk RWA increased by $9.4 billion, or
9.2 per cent from 31 December 2023 to $112.1 billion mainly
due to:
• $11.4 billion
increase from changes in asset growth & mix, of
which:
- $9.0 billion
increase from asset growth
- $3.1 billion
increase from derivatives
- $0.8 billion
decrease from optimisation actions
• $1.6 billion increase
from industry-wide regulatory changes to align IRB model
performance from adjustment to commercial real estate
counterparties
• $2.3 billion decrease
from foreign currency translation
• $1.3 billion decrease
mainly due to an improvement in asset quality reflecting client
upgrades
Page
74
Wealth & Retail Banking
Credit Risk RWA decreased by $1.6 billion, or
3.7 per cent from 31 December 2023 to $41.0 billion mainly due
to:
• $1.2 billion decrease
from foreign currency translation
• $0.8 billion decrease
from reclassification of credit cards in Asia
• $0.3 billion increase
from changes in asset growth & mix
• $0.1 billion increase
mainly due to deterioration in asset quality mainly in
Asia
Ventures
Ventures is comprised of Mox Bank Limited, Trust
Bank and SC Ventures. Credit Risk RWA increased by $0.4 billion, or
19 per cent from 31 December 2023 to $2.2 billion from asset
balance growth, mainly from SC Ventures.
Central & Other items
Central & Other items RWA mainly relate to
the Treasury Market's liquidity portfolio, equity investments and
current & deferred tax assets.
Credit Risk RWA decreased by $10.3 billion, or
23.4 per cent from 31 December 2023 to $34.0 billion mainly due
to:
• $5.8 billion decrease
from changes in asset growth & mix primarily from optimisation
activities
• $1.9 billion decrease
due to improvement in asset quality mainly from sovereign upgrades
in Asia and Africa
• $1.4 billion decrease
from foreign currency translation
• $1.2 billion decrease
due to reporting enhancements
Market Risk
Total Market Risk RWA increased by $3.4 billion,
or 13.7 per cent from 31 December 2023 to $28.3 billion primarily
driven by:
• $1.7 billion increase
in Standardised Approach (SA) Specific Interest Rate Risk RWA
mainly due to increases in the Trading Book government bond
portfolio
• $2.7 billion increase
in Internal Models Approach (IMA) RWA from increases in VaR and
Stressed VaR RWA due mainly to increased interest rate exposures,
offset by a reduction of addons for Risks not in VaR
• $1.3 billion in the
first quarter decrease due to a reduction in the IMA RWA multiplier
resulting from fewer back-testing exceptions
Operational Risk
• Operational Risk RWA
increased by $1.6 billion, or 5.8 per cent from 31 December 2023 to
$29.5 billion, mainly due to a marginal increase in average income
as measured over a rolling three-year time horizon for certain
products.
Leverage ratio
The Group's leverage ratio, which excludes
qualifying claims on central banks, was 4.8 per cent at FY2024,
which was above the current minimum requirement of 3.7 per cent.
The leverage ratio was 10 basis points higher than FY2023. Leverage
exposure increased by $21.2 billion from decrease in claims on
central banks of $15.5 billion, an increase in Derivatives of $15.9
billion, securities financing transactions of $1.2 billion,
decrease in asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1 capital
(Leverage) of $0.6 billion, partly offset by decrease in
Off-balance sheet items of $5.0 billion, Other Assets of $4.7
billion, and securities financing transaction add-on of $2.4
billion. Tier 1 capital increased by $1.9 billion as CET1 capital
increased by $0.9 billion and AT1 capital increased by $1.0 billion
following the issuance of $1.6 billion partly offset by the
redemption of $0.6 billion AT1 securities.
Page
75
Leverage ratio
|
31.12.24
$million
|
31.12.23
$million
|
Tier 1 capital (end point)
|
41,672
|
39,806
|
Derivative financial instruments
|
81,472
|
50,434
|
Derivative cash collateral
|
11,046
|
10,337
|
Securities financing transactions
(SFTs)
|
98,801
|
97,581
|
Loans and advances and other assets
|
658,369
|
664,492
|
Total on-balance sheet assets
|
849,688
|
822,844
|
Regulatory consolidation
adjustments1
|
(76,197)
|
(92,709)
|
Derivatives adjustments
|
|
|
Derivatives netting
|
(63,934)
|
(39,031)
|
Adjustments to cash collateral
|
(10,169)
|
(9,833)
|
Net written credit protection
|
2,075
|
1,359
|
Potential future exposure on
derivatives
|
51,323
|
42,184
|
Total derivatives adjustments
|
(20,705)
|
(5,321)
|
Counterparty risk leverage exposure measure for
SFTs
|
4,198
|
6,639
|
Off-balance sheet items
|
118,607
|
123,572
|
Regulatory deductions from Tier 1
capital
|
(7,247)
|
(7,883)
|
Total exposure measure excluding claims on
central banks
|
868,344
|
847,142
|
Leverage ratio excluding claims on central
banks (%)
|
4.8%
|
4.7%
|
Average leverage exposure measure excluding
claims on central banks
|
894,296
|
853,968
|
Average leverage ratio excluding claims on
central banks (%)
|
4.7%
|
4.6%
|
Countercyclical leverage ratio
buffer
|
0.1%
|
0.1%
|
G-SII additional leverage ratio
buffer
|
0.4%
|
0.4%
|
1 Includes adjustment
for qualifying central bank claims and unsettled regular way
trades
Page
76
Statement of directors'
responsibilities
The directors are responsible for preparing the
Annual Report and the Group and Company financial statements in
accordance with applicable law and regulations.
Company law requires the directors to prepare
Group and Company financial statements for each financial
year.
Under that law:
• the Group financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted
International Accounting Standards and International Financial
Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union
• the Company financial
statements have been properly prepared in accordance with
UK-adopted International Accounting Standards as applied in
accordance with section 408 of the Companies Act 2006,
and
• the financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements
of the Companies Act 2006.
Under company law the directors must not approve
the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a
true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company
and of their profit or loss for that period.
In preparing each of the Group and Company
financial statements, the directors are required to:
• select suitable
accounting policies and then apply them consistently
• make judgements and
estimates that are reasonable, relevant and reliable
• state whether they
have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International
Accounting Standards and International Financial Reporting
Standards as adopted by the European Union
• assess the Group and
the Company's ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing,
as applicable, matters related to going concern, and
• use the going concern
basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the
Group or the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic
alternative but to do so.
The directors are responsible for keeping
adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain
the Company's transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at
any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to
ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act
2006. They are responsible for such internal control as they
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to
fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking such
steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the
Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other
irregularities.
Under applicable law and regulations, the
directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, a
Directors' Report, a Directors' Remuneration Report and a Corporate
Governance Statement that comply with that law and those
regulations.
The directors are responsible for the
maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial
information included on the Company's website. Legislation in the
UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial
statements differs from legislation in other
jurisdictions.
Responsibility statement of the directors in
respect of the annual financial report
We confirm that to the best of our
knowledge:
• The financial
statements, prepared in accordance with the applicable set of
accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the assets,
liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company
and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a
whole, and
• The Strategic report
includes a fair review of the development and performance of the
business and the position of the Company and the undertakings
included
in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description
of the emerging risks and uncertainties that they face
Page
77
We consider the Annual Report and Accounts,
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group's
position and performance, business model and strategy.
By order of the Board.
Diego De Giorgi
Group Chief Financial Officer
21 February 2025
Page
78
Shareholder information
Dividend and Interest Payment Dates
Ordinary Shares
|
Final Dividend
|
Results and dividend announced
|
21 February 2025
|
Ex-dividend date
|
27 (UK) 26 (HK) March 2025
|
Record date for dividend
|
28 March 2025
|
Last date to amend currency election
instructions for cash dividend*
|
24 April 2025
|
Dividend payment date
|
19 May 2025
|
* In either United States dollars,
sterling or Hong Kong dollars
Preference Shares
|
1st half yearly dividend
|
2nd half yearly dividend
|
73∕8 per cent
non-cumulative irredeemable preference shares of £1
|
1 April 2025
|
1 October 2025
|
81∕4 per cent
non-cumulative irredeemable preference shares of £1 each
|
1 April 2025
|
1 October 2025
|
6.409 per cent non-cumulative redeemable
preference shares of $5 each
|
30 January and 30 April 2025
|
30 July and 30 October 2025
|
7.014 per cent non-cumulative redeemable
preference shares of $5 each
|
30 January 2025
|
30 July 2025
|
Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting (AGM) will be held on
Thursday, 8 May 2025 at 11.00am UK time (6.00pm Hong Kong time).
Further details regarding the format, location and business to be
transacted at the meeting will be disclosed within the 2025 Notice
of AGM.
Interim results
The interim results will be announced to the
London Stock Exchange and the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited
and put on the Company's website.
Country-by-Country Reporting
In accordance with the requirements of the
Capital Requirements (Country-by-Country Reporting) Regulations
2013, the Group will publish additional country-by-country
information in respect of the year ended 31 December 2024, on or
before 31 December 2025. We have also published our UK Tax
Strategy.
Pillar 3 Reporting
In accordance with the Pillar 3 disclosure
requirements, the Group will publish the Pillar 3 Disclosures in
respect of the year ended 31 December 2024, on or before 21
February 2025.
ShareCare
ShareCare is available to shareholders on the
Company's UK register who have a UK address and bank account. It
allows you to hold your Standard Chartered PLC shares in a nominee
account. Your shares will be held in electronic form so you will no
longer have to worry about keeping your share certificates safe. If
you join ShareCare, you will still be invited to attend the
Company's AGM and you will receive any dividend at the same time as
everyone else. ShareCare is free to join and there are no annual
fees to pay.
Donating shares to ShareGift
Shareholders who have a small number of shares
often find it uneconomical to sell them. An alternative is to
consider donating them to the charity ShareGift (registered charity
1052686), which collects donations of unwanted shares until there
are enough to sell and uses the proceeds to support UK charities.
There is no implication for capital gains tax (no gain or loss)
when you donate shares to charity and UK taxpayers may be able to
claim income tax relief on the value of their donation.
Bankers' Automated Clearing System
(BACS)
Dividends can be paid straight into your bank or
building society account.
Registrars and shareholder enquiries
If you have any enquiries relating to your
shareholding and you hold your shares on the UK register, please
contact our registrar at investorcentre.co.uk/contactus.
Alternatively, please contact Computershare Investor Services PLC,
The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, Bristol, BS99 6ZZ or call the
shareholder helpline number on 0370 702 0138. If you hold your
shares on the Hong Kong branch register and you have enquiries,
please contact Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited,
17M Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen's Road East, Wan Chai, Hong
Kong.
Page
79
Substantial shareholders
The Company and its shareholders have been
granted partial exemption from the disclosure requirements under
Part XV of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (SFO). As a result
of this exemption, shareholders, directors and chief executives, no
longer have an obligation under Part XV of the SFO (other than
Divisions 5, 11 and 12 thereof) to notify the Company of
substantial shareholding interests, and the Company is no longer
required to maintain a register of interests of substantial
shareholders under section 336 of the SFO, nor a register of
directors' and chief executives' interests under section 352 of the
SFO. The Company is, however, required to file with The Stock
Exchange of Hong Kong Limited any disclosure of interests made in
the UK.
Taxation
No tax is currently withheld from payments of
dividends by Standard Chartered PLC. Shareholders and prospective
purchasers should consult an appropriate independent professional
adviser regarding the tax consequences of an investment in shares
in light of their particular circumstances, including the effect of
any national, state or local laws.
Chinese translation
If you would like a Chinese language version of
the 2024 Annual Report, please contact Computershare Hong Kong
Investor Services Limited, 17M Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen's
Road East, Wan Chai, Hong Kong.
二〇二四年年報之中文譯本可向香港中央證券登記有限公司索取,
地址:香港灣仔皇后大道東183號合和中心17M樓。
Shareholders on the Hong Kong branch register
who have asked to receive corporate communications in either
Chinese or English can change this election by contacting
Computershare. If there is a dispute between any translation and
the English version of this Annual Report, the English text shall
prevail.
Electronic communications
If you hold your shares on the UK register and
in future you would like to receive the Annual Report
electronically rather than by post, please register online at:
investorcentre.co.uk. Click on 'register now' and follow the
instructions. You will need to have your Shareholder or ShareCare
reference number to hand. You can find this on your share
certificate or ShareCare statement. Once you have registered and
confirmed your email communication preference, you will receive
future notifications via email enabling you to submit your proxy
vote online. In addition, as a member of Investor Centre, you will
be able to manage your shareholding online and change your bank
mandate or address information.
Page
80
Important notices
Forward-looking statements
Forward-looking statements
The information included in this document may
contain 'forward-looking statements' based upon current
expectations or beliefs as well as statements formulated with
assumptions about future events. Forward-looking statements
include, without limitation, projections, estimates, commitments,
plans, approaches, ambitions and targets (including, without
limitation, ESG commitments, ambitions and targets).
Forward-looking statements often use words such as 'may', 'could',
'will', 'expect', 'intend', 'estimate', 'anticipate', 'believe',
'plan', 'seek', 'aim', 'continue' or other words of similar meaning
to any of the foregoing. Forward-looking statements may also (or
additionally) be identified by the fact that they do not relate
only to historical or current facts.
By their very nature, forward-looking statements
are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties and other
factors that could cause actual results, and the Group's plans and
objectives, to differ materially from those expressed or implied in
the forward-looking statements. Readers should not place reliance
on, and are cautioned about relying on, any forward-looking
statements.
There are several factors which could cause the
Group's actual results and its plans and objectives to differ
materially from those expressed or implied in forward-looking
statements. The factors include (but are not limited to): changes
in global, political, economic, business, competitive and market
forces or conditions, or in future exchange and interest rates;
changes in environmental, geopolitical, social or physical risks;
legal, regulatory and policy developments, including regulatory
measures addressing climate change and broader
sustainability-related issues; the development of standards and
interpretations, including evolving requirements and practices in
ESG reporting; the ability of the Group, together with governments
and other stakeholders to measure, manage, and mitigate the impacts
of climate change and broader sustainability-related issues
effectively; risks arising out of health crises and pandemics;
risks of cyber-attacks, data, information or security breaches or
technology failures involving the Group; changes in tax rates or
policy; future business combinations or dispositions; and other
factors specific to the Group, including those identified in the
Annual Report and the financial statements of the Group. To the
extent that any forward-looking statements contained in this
document are based on past or current trends and/or activities of
the Group, they should not be taken as a representation that such
trends or activities will continue in the future.
No statement in this document is intended to be,
nor should be interpreted as, a profit forecast or to imply that
the earnings of the Group for the current year or future years will
necessarily match or exceed the historical or published earnings of
the Group. Each forward-looking statement speaks only as of the
date that it is made. Except as required by any applicable laws or
regulations, the Group expressly disclaims any obligation to revise
or update any forward-looking statement contained within this
document, regardless of whether those statements are affected as a
result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Please refer to the Annual Report and the
financial statements of the Group for a discussion of certain of
the risks and factors that could adversely impact the Group's
actual results, and cause its plans and objectives, to differ
materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking
statements.
Non-IFRS performance measures and alternative
performance measures
The Group financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting
standards and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as
adopted by the European Union. Standard Chartered PLC's financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted
international accounting standards (IAS) as applied in conformity
with section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. This document may
contain financial measures and ratios not specifically defined
under IFRS or IAS and/or alternative performance measures as
defined in the European Securities and Market Authority guidelines.
Such measures may exclude certain items which management believes
are not representative of the underlying performance of the
business and which distort period-on-period comparison. These
measures are not a substitute for IAS or IFRS measures and are
based on a number of assumptions that are subject to uncertainties
and change. Please refer to the Annual Report and the financial
statements of the Group for further information, including
reconciliations between the underlying and reported
measures.
Page
81
Financial instruments
Nothing in this document shall constitute, in
any jurisdiction, an offer or solicitation to sell or purchase any
securities or other financial instruments, nor shall it constitute
a recommendation or advice in respect of any securities or other
financial instruments or any other matter.
Caution regarding climate and environment
related information
Some of the climate and environment related
information in this document is subject to certain limitations, and
therefore the reader should treat the information provided, as well
as conclusions, projections and assumptions drawn from such
information, with caution. The information may be limited due to a
number of factors, which include (but are not limited to): a lack
of reliable data; a lack of standardisation of data; and future
uncertainty. The information includes externally sourced data that
may not have been verified. Furthermore, some of the data, models
and methodologies used to create the information is subject to
adjustment which is beyond our control, and the information is
subject to change without notice.
General
You are advised to exercise your own independent
judgement (with the advice of your professional advisers as
necessary) with respect to the risks and consequences of any matter
contained in this document. The Group, its affiliates, directors,
officers, employees or agents expressly disclaim any liability and
responsibility for any decisions or actions which you may take and
for any damage or losses you may suffer from your use of or
reliance on the information contained in this document.
Basis of Preparation and Caution Regarding Data
Limitations
This section is specifically relevant to,
amongst others, the sustainability and climate models, calculations
and disclosures throughout this report. The information contained
in this document has been prepared on the following
basis:
i. disclosures in the Strategic report,
Sustainability review, Directors' report, Risk review and Capital
review and Supplementary information are unaudited unless otherwise
stated;
ii. all information, positions and statements
set out in this document are subject to change without
notice;
iii.
the
information included in this document does not constitute any
investment, accounting, legal, regulatory or tax advice or an
invitation or recommendation to enter into any
transaction;
iv.
the
information included in this document may have been repaired using
models, methodologies and data which are subject to certain
limitations. These limitations include: the limited availability of
reliable data, data gaps, and the nascent nature of the
methodologies and technologies underpinning this data; the limited
standardisation of data (given, amongst other things, limited
international coordination on data and methodology standards); and
future uncertainty (due, amongst other things, to changing
projections relating to technological development and global and
regional laws, regulations and policies, and the current inability
to make use of strong historical data);
v. models, external data and methodologies used
in information included in this document are or could be subject to
adjustment which is beyond our control;
vi.
any opinions
and estimates should be regarded as indicative, preliminary and for
illustrative purposes only. Expected and actual outcomes may differ
from those set out in this document (as explained in the
"Forward-looking statements" section above);
vii. some of the related information appearing
in this document may have been obtained from public and other
sources and, while the Group believes such information to be
reliable, it has not been independently verified by the Group and
no representation or warranty is made by the Group as to its
quality, completeness, accuracy, fitness for a particular purpose
or noninfringement of such information;
viii. for the purposes of the information
included in this document, a number of key judgements and
assumptions have been made. It is possible that the assumptions
drawn, and the judgement exercised may subsequently turn out to be
inaccurate. The judgements and data presented in this document are
not a substitute for judgements and analysis made independently by
the reader;
Page
82
ix. any opinions or views of third
parties expressed in this document are those of the third parties
identified, and not of the Group, its affiliates, directors,
officers, employees or agents. By incorporating or referring to
opinions and views of third parties, the Group is not, in any way,
endorsing or supporting such opinions or views;
x. whilst the Group bears primary
responsibility for the information included in this document, it
does not accept responsibility for the external input provided by
any third parties for the purposes of developing the information
included in this document;
xi. the data contained in this document
reflects available information and estimates at the relevant
time;
xii. where the Group has used any methodology
or tools developed by a third party, the application of the
methodology or tools (or consequences of its application) shall not
be interpreted as conflicting with any legal or contractual
obligations and such legal or contractual obligations shall take
precedence over the application
of the methodology or tools;
xiii. where the Group has used any underlying
data provided or sourced by a third party, the use of the data
shall not be interpreted as conflicting with any legal or
contractual obligations and such legal or contractual obligations
shall take precedence over the use of the data;
xiv. this Important Notice is not limited in
applicability to those sections of the document where limitations
to data, metrics and methodologies are identified and where this
Important Notice is referenced. This Important Notice applies to
the whole document;
xv. further development of reporting, standards
or other principles could impact the information included in this
document or any metrics, data and targets included in this document
(it being noted that ESG reporting and standards are subject to
rapid change and development); and
xvi. while all reasonable care has been taken
in preparing the information included in this document, neither the
Group nor any of its affiliates, directors, officers, employees or
agents make any representation or warranty as to its quality,
accuracy or completeness, and they accept no responsibility or
liability for the contents of this information, including any
errors of fact, omission or opinion expressed. You are advised to
exercise your own independent judgement (with the advice of your
professional advisers as necessary) with respect to the risks and
consequences of any matter contained in this document.
The Group, its affiliates, directors, officers,
employees or agents expressly disclaim any liability and
responsibility for any decisions or actions which you may take and
for any damage or losses you may suffer from your use of or
reliance on the information contained in this document.
Copyright in all materials, text, articles and
information contained in this document (other than third party
materials, text, articles and information) is the property of, and
may only be reproduced with permission of an authorised signatory
of, the Group.
Copyright in materials, text, articles and
information created by third parties and the rights under copyright
of such parties are hereby acknowledged. Copyright in all other
materials not belonging to third parties and copyright in these
materials as a compilation vests and shall remain at all times
copyright of the Group and should not be reproduced or used except
for business purposes on behalf of the Group or save with the
express prior written consent of an authorised signatory of the
Group.
All rights reserved.
Page
83